e10vk
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
 
 
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission file number 001-32465
 
 
 
 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 
     
DELAWARE
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  04-3692546
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
2099 Gateway Place, Suite 600
San Jose, CA
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  95110
(Zip Code)
 
(408) 232-7800
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common Stock, $.01 par value
  New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None.
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
As of April 30, 2008, the aggregate market value of the common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates was approximately $726.0 million based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.
 
There were 84,446,625 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of the close of business on December 31, 2008.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
As noted herein, the information called for by Part III is incorporated by reference to specified portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in conjunction with the Registrant’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed not later than 120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year ended October 31, 2008.
 


 

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.
 
2008 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
INDEX
 
                 
      Business     1  
      Risk Factors     14  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     29  
      Properties     30  
      Legal Proceedings     30  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     33  
 
PART II.
      Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     34  
      Selected Financial Data     36  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     37  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     62  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     64  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     112  
      Controls and Procedures     112  
      Other Information     114  
 
PART III.
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     114  
      Executive Compensation     114  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     114  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     115  
      Principal Accountant Fees and Services     115  
 
PART IV.
      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     115  
 EX-21.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1


i


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This report and certain information incorporated by reference herein contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue,” the negative of such terms, or comparable terminology.
 
Actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined in Item 1A-Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement.
 
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements.
 
These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and other factors include those listed under Item 1A-Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and elsewhere in this report. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to conform such statements to actual results or to changes in expectations.


ii


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.   BUSINESS
 
We are a global leader in secure electronic payment solutions. We provide expertise, solutions, and services that add value to the point of sale with merchant-operated, consumer-facing, and self-service payment systems for the financial, retail, hospitality, petroleum, transportation, government, and healthcare vertical markets. Since 1981, we have designed and marketed system solutions that facilitate the long-term shift toward electronic payment transactions and away from cash and checks.
 
Our system solutions consist of point of sale electronic payment devices that run our proprietary and third-party operating systems, security and encryption software, and certified payment software as well as other third-party value-added applications. Our system solutions are able to process a wide range of payment types. They include signature and PIN-based debit cards, credit cards, contactless/radio frequency identification (“RFID”) cards and tokens, Near Field Communication (“NFC”), enabled mobile phones, smart cards, pre-paid gift and other stored-value cards, electronic bill payment, check authorization and conversion, signature capture, and electronic benefits transfer (“EBT”). Our proprietary architecture was the first to enable multiple value-added applications, such as gift card and loyalty card programs, healthcare insurance eligibility, and time and attendance tracking, to reside on the same system without requiring recertification when new applications are added to the system. We are an industry leader in multi-application payment system deployments and we believe we have the largest selection of certified value-added applications.
 
We design our system solutions to meet the demanding requirements of our direct and indirect customers. Our electronic payment systems are available in several modular configurations, offering our customers flexibility to support a variety of connectivity options, including wireline and wireless internet protocol (“IP”) technologies. We also offer our customers support for installed systems, consulting and project management services for system deployment, and customization of integrated software solutions.
 
Security has become a driving factor in our business as our customers endeavor to meet ever escalating governmental requirements related to the prevention of identity theft as well as operating regulation safeguards issued by the credit and debit card associations, members of which include Visa International (“Visa”), MasterCard Worldwide (“MasterCard”), American Express, Discover Financial Services, and JCB Co., Ltd. (“JCB”). In September 2006, these card associations established the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council (“PCI SSC”) to oversee and unify industry standards in the areas of credit card data security, referred to as the PCI-PED standard which consists of PIN-entry device security (“PED”) and the PCI Data Security Standard (“PCI-DSS”) for enterprise data security, and the Payment Application Data Security Standard (“PA-DSS”) for payment application data security. We are a leader in providing systems and software solutions that meet these standards and have upgraded or launched next generation system solutions that span our product portfolio ahead of mandated deadlines.
 
Our customers are primarily financial institutions, payment processors, petroleum companies, large retailers, government organizations, and healthcare companies, as well as independent sales organizations (“ISO”). The functionality of our system solutions includes the capture of electronic payment data, certified transaction security, connectivity, compliance with regulatory standards and the flexibility to execute a variety of payment and non-payment applications on a single system solution.
 
Company History
 
VeriFone, Inc., our principal operating subsidiary, was incorporated in 1981. Shortly afterward, we introduced the first check verification and credit authorization device ever utilized by merchants in a commercial setting. In 1984, we introduced the first mass market electronic payment system intended to replace manual credit card authorization devices for small merchants. VeriFone, Inc. became a publicly traded company in 1990 and was acquired by Hewlett-Packard Company in 1997. Hewlett-Packard (“HP”) operated VeriFone, Inc. as a division until July 2001, when it sold VeriFone, Inc. to Gores Technology Group, LLC, a privately held acquisition and investment management firm, in a transaction led by our Chief Executive Officer, Douglas G. Bergeron. In July 2002, Mr. Bergeron and certain investment funds affiliated with GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC, or GTCR, a private equity


1


Table of Contents

firm, led a recapitalization in which VeriFone Holdings, Inc. was organized as a holding company for VeriFone, Inc., and GTCR-affiliated funds became our majority stockholders. We completed our initial public offering on May 4, 2005.
 
On November 1, 2006, we acquired Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. (“Lipman”). In connection with this acquisition, we issued 13,462,474 shares of our common stock and paid $347.4 million in cash in exchange for all the outstanding ordinary shares of Lipman. All options to purchase Lipman ordinary shares were exchanged for options to purchase approximately 3.4 million shares of our common stock. In addition, in accordance with the merger agreement, Lipman’s Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend of $1.50 per Lipman ordinary share, or an aggregate amount of $40.4 million. This special cash dividend was paid on October 23, 2006 to Lipman shareholders of record as of October 11, 2006. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $799.3 million. See Note 2. “Business Combinations” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to this acquisition.
 
Our Industry
 
The electronic payment solutions industry encompasses systems, software, and services that enable the acceptance and processing of electronic payments for goods and services and provide other value-added functionality at the point of sale. The electronic payment system is a critical part of the payment processing infrastructure. We believe that current industry trends, including the global shift toward electronic payment transactions and away from cash and checks, the rapid penetration of electronic payments in emerging markets as those economies modernize, the increasing proliferation of IP, connectivity and wireless communication, and an increasing focus on security to combat fraud and identity theft, will continue to drive demand for electronic payment systems.
 
The electronic payment system serves as the interface between consumers and merchants at the point of sale and with the payment processing infrastructure. It captures critical electronic payment data, secures the data through sophisticated encryption software and algorithms, and routes the data across a range of payment networks for processing, authorization, and settlement. Payment networks include credit card networks, such as Visa, MasterCard, and American Express, that route credit card and signature-based debit transactions, as well as electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) networks, such as STAR, Interlink, and NYCE, that route PIN-based debit transactions. In a typical electronic payment transaction, the electronic payment system first captures and secures consumer payment data from one of a variety of payment media, such as a credit or debit card, smart card, or contactless/RFID card. Consumer payment data is then routed from the electronic payment system to the appropriate payment processor and financial institution for authorization. Finally, the electronic payment system receives the authorization to complete the transaction between the merchant and consumer.
 
Industry Trends
 
The major trend driving growth in the global payments industry has been the move towards electronic payment transactions and away from cash and checks. This trend has been accelerated by the usage of credit and debit card based payments, especially PIN-based debit. Another key driver is the growth in single application credit card solutions, which enable merchants to provide an efficient payment solution in non-traditional settings such as the emergence of pay-at-the-table in restaurants, which is capitalizing on the development of wireless communications infrastructure. The key geographic, technological, and regulatory drivers for this trend towards electronic payments are discussed below.
 
Rapid Penetration of Electronic Payments in Emerging Markets
 
Certain regions, such as Eastern Europe, Latin America, and Asia, have lower rates of electronic payments and are experiencing rapid growth. The adoption of electronic payments in these regions is driven primarily by economic growth, infrastructure development, support from governments seeking to increase value-added tax (“VAT”) and sales tax collection, and the expanding presence of IP and wireless communication networks.


2


Table of Contents

IP Connectivity
 
Broadband connectivity provides faster transmission of transaction data at a lower cost than traditional dial up telephone connections, enabling more advanced payment and other value-added applications at the point of sale. Major telecommunications carriers have expanded their communications networks and lowered fees, which allows more merchants to utilize IP-based networks cost effectively. The faster processing and lower costs associated with IP connectivity have opened new markets for electronic payment systems, including many that have been primarily cash-only industries such as quick service restaurants (“QSRs”). New wireless electronic payment solutions are being developed to increase transaction processing speed, throughput, and mobility at the point of sale, and offer significant security benefits by enabling consumers to avoid relinquishing their payment cards. A portable device can be presented to consumers, for example, to pay-at-the-table in full-service restaurants or to pay in other environments, such as outdoor arenas, pizza delivery, farmers’ markets, and taxi cabs.
 
Growth of Wireless Communications
 
The development and increased use of wireless communications infrastructure are increasing demand for compact, easy-to-use, and reliable wireless payment solutions. The flexibility, ease of installation, and mobility of wireless make this technology an attractive and often more cost-effective alternative to traditional landline-based telecommunications.
 
The wireless communications industry has grown substantially in the United States and globally over the past twenty years. Cellular and Wireless Fidelity (“Wi-Fi”) communications fully support secure IP-based payment transactions. The increased speed of wireless communications, and ever-expanding coverage maps of standardized wireless data technologies such as General Packet Radio Service (“GPRS”), and Code Division Multiple Access (“CDMA”) makes wireless telecommunications an attractive alternative to traditional telecommunications.
 
Mobile technologies enable new applications for electronic payment transactions, including pay-at-the-table and pay-at-the-curb in restaurants, as well as electronic card payments in environments that once required cash payments or more expensive off-line card acceptance. These include delivery services, in-home services, taxi, and limousine credit and debit card acceptance. Mobile technologies also facilitate establishment of unattended payment stations such as ticketing and vending kiosks.
 
Increasing Focus on Security to Minimize Fraud and Identity Theft
 
Industry security standards are constantly evolving, driving recertification and replacement of electronic payment systems, particularly in Europe and the United States. In order to offer electronic payment systems that connect to payment networks, electronic payment system providers must certify their products and services with card associations, financial institutions, and payment processors and comply with government and telecommunications company regulations. This certification process may take up to twelve months to complete. See “Industry Standards and Government Regulations” for a more detailed description of these standards and regulations.
 
Storage and handling of credit card data by retailers represents a constant threat of fraud and identity theft, creating tremendous risk of financial and reputational losses.
 
The protection of cardholder data currently requires retailers to:
 
  •  Install only approved PIN-Entry Devices and replace any unapproved devices by 2010;
 
  •  Upgrade or modify processing systems to ensure ALL applications that capture, manage, transmit, or store cardholder information within the enterprise are compliant with PCI-DSS and PA-DSS;
 
  •  Upgrade wired/wireless networking infrastructure to monitored high-security routers/switches/hubs;
 
  •  Make wholesale changes to password and other system access policies; and
 
  •  Undertake costly quarterly or annual security audits by approved third-party auditors.
 
The current industry-wide response to this threat is to set site security policies across all enterprise systems. This approach is difficult and costly due to the complexity of most retail Information Technology (“IT”)


3


Table of Contents

environments, and is unlikely to guarantee protection against data breaches. Furthermore, any system change, no matter how small, may be costly and time consuming to retailers as modification of any portion of the point of sale (“POS”) system usually requires end-to-end re-certification.
 
Contactless Payments and Mobile Phone Initiated Payments based on NFC
 
Payments initiated via Contactless RFID technology continue to grow in popularity with trials, pilots, or rollouts taking place in all major geographies. Contactless payment credentials can be in the form of credit cards, key fobs, or other devices which use radio frequency communications between the payment credential and the point of sale system. According to the Smartcard Alliance, domestically there are approximately 18 million RFID-imbedded cards now in circulation and over 51,000 retail locations now able to accept contactless payments. This contactless acceptance infrastructure is not only capable of reading cards, key fobs, or token-based RFID payment media, but is also compatible with payments initiated via mobile phones using NFC technology.
 
Unattended Self-Service Kiosks and Outdoor Payment Systems
 
The growth in EuroPay, MasterCard, and Visa (“EMV”) transactions that require consumers to enter a secret PIN code has had a trickle down effect on all aspects of the payment acceptance infrastructure, including self-service market segments. Unattended applications such as automated ticketing machines, self-order kiosks, bill payment, product vending, telephone calling card top up, and self-checkout applications that historically relied on a simple magnetic stripe reader to process credit and debit payments now require complex and secure payment systems to interact with the consumer safely and securely. Due to the dramatic increase in complexities involved in developing compliant, secure, and certified payment solutions, most unattended and outdoor kiosk vendors have turned to traditional payment system vendors such as VeriFone to provide easy to integrate and pre-certified payment modules to enable the future of electronic payments in these environments.
 
Products and Services
 
Our System Solutions
 
Our system solutions are available in several distinctive modular configurations, offering our customers flexibility to support a variety of consumer payment and connectivity options, including wireline and wireless IP technologies.
 
Countertop
 
Our countertop electronic payment systems accept magnetic, smart card, and contactless/RFID cards and support credit, debit, check, electronic benefits transfer, and a full range of pre-paid products, including gift cards and loyalty programs. Our countertop solutions are available under the Vx solutions and NURIT brands. These electronic payment systems incorporate high performance 32-bit Acorn RISC Machines (“ARM”) microprocessors and have product line extensions targeted at the high-end countertop broadband and wireless solutions for financial retail, multi-lane retail, hospitality, government, and health care market segments. We design our products in a modular fashion to offer a wide range of options to our customers, including the ability to deploy new technologies at minimal cost as technology standards change. Our electronic payment systems are easily integrated with a full range of optional external devices, including secure PIN pads, check imaging equipment, barcode readers, contactless/RFID readers, and biometric devices. Our secure PIN pads support credit and debit transactions, as well as a wide range of applications that are either built into electronic payment systems or connect to electronic cash registers (“ECRs”) and POS systems. In addition, we offer an array of certified software applications and application libraries that enable our countertop systems and secure PIN pads to interface with major ECR and POS systems.
 
Mobile/Wireless
 
We offer a line of wireless system solutions that support IP-based CDMA, GPRS, and Wi-Fi technologies for secure, “always on” connectivity. In addition, we have added a Bluetooth communications solution to our portfolio of wireless payment systems. We expect that market opportunities for wireless solutions will continue to be found in


4


Table of Contents

developing countries where wireless telecommunications networks are being deployed at a much faster rate than wireline networks. We have leveraged our wireless system expertise to enter into new markets for electronic payment solutions such as the emerging pay-at-the-table market solutions for full-service restaurants and systems for transportation and delivery segments where merchants and consumers are demanding secure payment systems to reduce fraud and identity theft.
 
Consumer-activated
 
We offer a line of products specifically designed for consumer-activated functionality at the point of sale. These products include large, easy-to-read displays, user-friendly interfaces, ECR interfaces, durable key pads, signature capture functionality, and other features that are important to serving customers in a multi-lane retail environment. For example, our signature capture devices automatically store signatures and transaction data for fast recall, and the signature image is time stamped for fraud prevention. Our consumer-activated system solutions also enable merchants to display advertising, promotional content, loyalty program information, and electronic forms in order to market products and services to consumers at the point of sale. We have extended our product portfolio to support these same features into the unattended market segments such as parking, ticketing, vending machines, gas pumps, self-checkout, and QSR markets.
 
Petroleum
 
Our family of products for petroleum companies consists of integrated electronic payment systems that combine card processing, fuel dispensing, and ECR functions, as well as secure payment systems for integration with leading petroleum pump controllers and systems. These products are designed to meet the needs of petroleum company operations, where rapid consumer turnaround, easy pump control, and accurate record keeping are imperative. These products allow our petroleum company customers to manage fuel dispensing and control and enable “pay at the pump” functionality, cashiering, store management, inventory management, and accounting for goods and services at the point of sale. They are compatible with a wide range of fuel pumps, allowing retail petroleum outlets to integrate our systems easily at most locations. We have recently expanded this suite of products to add a range of high security unattended devices and related software products targeted at integration with the petroleum pumps in domestic and international markets.
 
Server-based
 
Our server-based transaction products enable merchants to integrate advanced payment functionality into PC-based and other retail systems seamlessly. These products handle all of the business logic steps related to an electronic payment transaction (credit, debit, gift, and loyalty), including collection of payment-related information from the consumer and merchant, and communication with payment processors for authorization and settlement. Our products also enable the functionality of peripherals that connect to PC-based electronic payment systems, including consumer-activated products such as secure PIN pads and signature capture devices. The PayWare software product line we acquired from Trintech Group PLC in September 2006 has augmented our server-based, enterprise payment software solutions. The combined PayWare suite of products now includes Card acceptance/merchant acquiring solutions (PCCharge, Payware PC, Payware Merchant, Payware Transact), POS Integration Software (Payware Link and Payware Link LE), Value Added Payment Solutions (Payware Gift and Payware Prepay) and Card Management Systems for Issuers and Acquirers (Payware CMS).
 
Unattended and Self-Service Payments
 
We offer a line of secure payment hardware and software integration modules designed to enable self-service solutions such as vending machines, ticketing kiosks, petroleum dispensers, public transportation turnstiles and buses, self-checkout, bill payment, and photo finishing kiosks to securely begin accepting magnetic stripe, EMV chipcard and/or contactless/NFC payment schemes. Our solutions leverage our widely adopted VX and MX Solutions security architecture, developer tools and an extensive developer network enabling our global customer base to leverage existing certified payment applications or easily provide customized solutions for unique unattended environments. Designed for both indoor and outdoor use in harsh environments, these components


5


Table of Contents

are easily integrated with existing self-service solutions and are used to securely segregate payment processing from the system of the host device.
 
Cardholder Data Security
 
We recently introduced a powerful and unique solution to protect sensitive consumer magnetic stripe data captured from credit and debit cards at the point of sale. This solution, VeriShield Protect, encrypts consumer card data at the moment it is swiped, before it enters the retailer’s point of sale system and maintains that protection until it is outside of the merchant’s infrastructure, effectively shielding the merchant from access to detailed consumer data. VeriShield Protect employs proprietary technology designed to mask the encrypted data in a manner that does not require changes to currently installed point of sales systems and applications, making adoption of this highly secure solution simple and cost effective for merchants. VeriShield Protect aids retailers in achieving certification for data security standards set forth by the PCI SSC, also adding an additional layer of protection not currently mandated by performing end-to-end encryption using proven secure Tamper Resistant Security Module (TRSM) technology commonly used today to protect consumer PINs at ATMs and POS devices. VeriShield Protect is currently available on our MX Solutions product line which is targeted at multi-lane retailer and petroleum-convenience store environments.
 
Our Services
 
Client Services
 
We support our installed base by providing payment system consulting, deployment, on-site and telephone-based installation and training, 24-hour help desk support, repairs, replacement of impaired system solutions, asset tracking, and reporting. We provide a single source of comprehensive management services providing support primarily for our own system solutions in most vertical markets. Our services address many system configurations, including local area networks, leased-line, and dial-up environments. We also offer customized service programs for specific vertical markets in addition to standardized service plans.
 
Customized Application Development
 
We provide specific project management services for large turn-key application implementations. Our project management services include all phases of implementation, including customized software development, procurement, vendor coordination, site preparation, training, installation, follow-on support, and legacy system disposal. We also offer customer education programs as well as consulting services regarding selection of product and payment methodologies and strategies such as debit implementation. We believe that our client services are distinguished by our ability to perform mass customizations for large customers quickly and efficiently.
 
Technology
 
We have developed the following core technologies that are essential to the creation, delivery, and management of our system solutions. We believe these technologies are central to our leadership position in the electronic payment solutions industry.
 
Platform Architecture
 
Our secure, multi-tasking, multi-application platform architecture consists of an ARM System-on-Chip, our proprietary operating systems, proprietary security system, multi-application support, and file authentication technology. The combination of these technologies provides an innovative memory protection and separation scheme to ensure a robust and secure operating environment, enabling the download and execution of multiple applications on an electronic payment system without the need for recertification.
 
Our operating environment and modular design provide a consistent and intuitive user interface for third-party applications as well as our own. We believe our platform design enables our customers to deliver and manage multi-application payment systems in a timely, secure, and cost-effective manner. We continue to enhance and extend the


6


Table of Contents

capabilities of our platform to meet the growing demands of our customers for secure multi-application payment systems.
 
Our newer consumer-activated and unattended payment system solutions also incorporate a commercial Linux operating system that we have customized to include security, application resources, and data communication capabilities required in these payment systems. The Linux operating system was chosen for functionality, adaptability, and robustness as well as the readily available development tools for graphical user interface and multi-media content applications.
 
Libraries and Development Tools
 
We believe that by delivering a broad portfolio of application libraries and development tools to our large community of internal and third-party application developers, we are able to significantly reduce the time to obtain certification for our system solutions. We provide a set of application libraries, or programming modules such as smart card interfaces, networking and wireless control protocol/internet protocol communications (“TCP/IP”) and secure socket layer (“SSL”) that have defined programming interfaces, that facilitate the timely and consistent implementation of our multi-application system solutions. Further, we maintain a high level of application compatibility across platforms, facilitating the migration of applications to future solutions.
 
We also provide developer tool kits that contain industry standard visual development environments (C/C++) along with platform-specific compilers and debuggers. We provide numerous support vehicles for our application development communities, including Developer Training, a dedicated developers’ support team, and VeriFone DevNet, an online developers’ portal that provides registered developers access to libraries, tools, programming guides, and support. Our libraries, tool kits, training, and support systems facilitate the rapid growth in deployment of third-party, value-added applications for our system solutions.
 
We believe that this growing portfolio of value-added applications increases the attractiveness of our solutions to global financial institutions and payment processors. In the highly competitive transaction processing market, these institutions are looking for ways to differentiate their solutions by adding additional services beyond credit and debit transaction processing. These value-added applications provide this differentiation and also provide a way to increase merchant retention and revenue for these channels.
 
Application Framework
 
Our SoftPay application framework contains a comprehensive set of pre-certified software modules enabling rapid configuration and delivery of merchant-ready applications for payment processors and financial institutions. We have configured SoftPay for use in a broad range of vertical markets including retail, restaurants, lodging, and rental services. SoftPay supports our comprehensive range of wireline and wireless IP communications options, including Ethernet, CDMA, GPRS, and Wi-Fi.
 
Remote Management System
 
Effective remote management is essential to cost effective deployment and maintenance of electronic payment systems. Our VeriCentre and NURIT Control Center systems provide broad remote management functionality for our system solutions, including software downloads, application management, remote diagnostics, and information reporting. In addition, we have developed a solution for managing the multi-media content, signature capture/storage/retrieval, and device management of our multi-media capable, consumer-activated Mx product line. Our management system licensees are responsible for the implementation, maintenance, and operation of the system. In certain markets and with certain customers, we maintain and manage the system to provide remote management services directly to customers. In addition, message management functionality allows financial institutions and payment processors to send customized text and graphics messages to any or all of their Verix NURIT, Secura, or Mx terminal based merchants, and receive pre-formatted responses.


7


Table of Contents

Customers
 
Our customers include financial institutions, payment processors, petroleum companies, large retailers, government organizations, and healthcare companies, as well as ISOs, which re-sell our system solutions to small merchants. In North America, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, approximately 42% of our sales were via ISOs, distributors, resellers, and system integrators, approximately 52% were direct sales to petroleum companies, retailers, and government-sponsored payment processors, and the remainder were to non-government-sponsored payment processors and financial institutions. Internationally, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, approximately 33% of our sales were via distributors, resellers, and system integrators and the remaining 67% were direct sales to financial institutions, payment processors, and major retailers.
 
The percentage of net revenues from our ten largest customers is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Percentage of net revenues from our ten largest customers
    32.9 %     30.8 %     36.1 %
Percentage of net revenues from First Data Corp. and its affiliates
    *       *       13.0 %
 
 
* Less than 10% of net revenues
 
No customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues for either of the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 or October 31, 2007. For the year ended October 31, 2006, First Data Corporation and its affiliates accounted for 13.0% of our net revenues. Sales to First Data Corporation and its affiliates include its TASQ Technology division, which aggregates orders it receives from payment processors and ISOs.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Our North American sales teams are focused specifically on financial institutions, payment processors, third-party distributors, and value-added resellers, and on specific vertical markets, such as petroleum, multi-lane retail, restaurants, bank branches, self-service kiosks, government, and healthcare. Typically, each sales team includes a general manager or managing director, account representatives, business development personnel, sales engineers, and customer service representatives with specific vertical market expertise. The sales teams are supported by client services, manufacturing, and product development teams to deliver products and services that meet the needs of our diverse customer base.
 
Our marketing group is responsible for product management, account management, program marketing, and corporate communications. Our product management group analyzes and identifies product and technology trends in the marketplace and works closely with our research and development group to develop new products and enhancements. Our program marketing function promotes adoption of our branded solutions through initiatives such as our Value-Added Partner (“VAP”) Program. Our corporate communications function coordinates key market messaging across regions, including public relations and go-to-market product campaigns.
 
As of October 31, 2008, we had 325 sales and marketing employees, representing approximately 14% of our total workforce.
 
Our VAP Program provides a technical, operational, and marketing environment for third-party developers to leverage our distribution channels to sell value-added applications and services. As of October 31, 2008, over 37 third-party developers, or partners, in our VAP Program have provided solutions for pre-paid cards, gift cards, and loyalty cards and age verification services, among others. Through the program, merchants obtain seamless access to value-added applications, allowing them to differentiate their offerings without a costly product development cycle.
 
Global Outsourcing and Manufacturing Operations
 
Prior to our Lipman acquisition, we outsourced 100% of our product manufacturing to providers in the Electronic Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) industry. This work was outsourced to Jabil Circuit, Inc., Sanmina-SCI Corporation, and Inventec Appliances Corporation. We have enabled direct shipment capability for several product


8


Table of Contents

lines from our EMS providers to our customers in various countries around the world. We have enhanced our previous supply chain model by creating a hybrid global manufacturing function where we will be able to enjoy the best elements of our outsourced model combined with our Israeli in-house manufacturing facilities. We believe that this new manufacturing model will provide us with significant advantages in terms of cost, new product introductions, flexibility to meet market demand, and quality.
 
Competition
 
Our principal competitors in the market for electronic payment systems and services are Ingenico S.A. and Hypercom Corporation, the two other large providers of payment systems. We also compete with First Data Corporation, Gemalto N.V., Gilbarco, Inc., a subsidiary of Danaher Corporation, International Business Machines Corporation, MICROS Systems, Inc., NCR Corporation, Radiant Systems, Inc., and Symbol Technologies, Inc., which is owned by Motorola, Inc. We compete primarily on the basis of the following factors: trusted brand, end-to-end system solutions, product certifications, value-added applications and advanced product features, advanced communications modularity, reliability, and low total cost of ownership.
 
We expect competition in our industry will be largely driven by the requirements to respond to increasingly complex technology, industry certifications, and security standards. We also see continued emphasis on consolidation among suppliers as evidenced by the recent Ingenico S.A./SAGEM Monetal merger and the acquisition by Hypercom of Thales e-Transactions, as the scale advantages related to research and development investment, volume purchasing power, and sales/technical support infrastructure continue to put pressure on smaller companies in our industry. In addition, First Data Corporation, a leading provider of payment processing services, has developed and continues to develop a series of proprietary electronic payment systems for the U.S. market.
 
Research and Development
 
We work with our customers to develop system solutions that address existing and anticipated end-user needs. Our development activities are distributed globally and managed primarily from the U.S. We utilize regional application development capabilities in locations where labor costs are lower than in the United States and where regional expertise can be leveraged for our target markets in Asia, Europe, and Latin America. Our regional application development centers provide customization and adaptation to meet the needs of customers in local markets. Our modular designs enable us to customize existing systems in order to meet customer requirements, shorten development cycles and reduce time to market.
 
Our research and development goals include:
 
  •  developing new solutions, technologies, and applications;
 
  •  developing enhancements to existing product solutions, technologies and applications;
 
  •  certifications of new and existing solutions in accordance with industry standards and regulations; and
 
  •  ensuring compatibility and interoperability between our solutions and those of third parties.
 
Our research and development expenses were $75.6 million, $65.4 million and $47.4 million for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Research and development expenses as a percentage of net revenues were 8.2%, 7.2%, and 8.1% for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. As of October 31, 2008, we had 836 research and development employees representing approximately 35% of our total workforce.
 
Industry Standards and Government Regulations
 
In order to offer products that connect to payment networks, electronic payment system providers must certify their products and services with card associations, financial institutions, and payment processors, as well as comply with government and telecommunications company regulations.
 
We have gained an in-depth knowledge of certification requirements and processes by working closely with card associations, payment processors, security organizations, and international regulatory organizations to certify


9


Table of Contents

our new products. We accelerate this certification process by leveraging our platform architectures, user interface, and core technologies.
 
We retain a group of engineers who specialize in security design methodologies. This group is responsible for designing and integrating security measures in our system solutions and conducts early design reviews with independent security lab consultants to ensure compliance of our electronic payment system designs with worldwide security standards.
 
Regulatory certifications are addressed by our compliance engineering department, which is staffed by electromagnetic compatibility (“EMC”) safety, telecommunications, and wireless carrier certification experts.
 
We actively participate in electronic payment industry working groups that help develop market standards. Our personnel are members of several working groups of the American National Standards Institute (“ANSI”), a private, non-profit organization that administrates and coordinates voluntary standardization in the U.S. and the Industry Standards Organization which contains working groups responsible for international security standards. They have leadership roles on subcommittees that develop standards in such areas as financial transactions, data security, smart cards, and the petroleum industry.
 
We also are subject to other legal and regulatory requirements, including the European Union’s (“EU”) Restriction on Hazardous Substances (“RoHS”) Directive and the European Union Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”), which are designed to restrict the use of certain hazardous substances in finished goods and require active steps to promote recycling of components to limit the total quantity of waste going to final disposal.
 
Although the European Commission has adopted both directives, each member state is responsible for their enforcement. Each EU member state has an independent responsibility to enact national law to give effect to the WEEE Directive within its own borders, resulting in some variations in the implementation of WEEE among the different EU countries. In contrast, the RoHS directive has been universally implemented in all EU countries in a standard manner. In addition, similar legislations could be enacted in other jurisdictions, including the United States.
 
In March 2007, VeriFone achieved compliance with the “Administrative Measures on the Control of Pollution Caused by Electronic Information Products,” commonly referred to as China RoHS regulations, as required by China’s Ministry of Information Industry. Similar to the EU RoHS Directive, the China regulations restrict the importation into and production within China of electrical equipment containing certain hazardous materials.
 
We believe we have taken all necessary steps to ensure all newly finished goods shipping into EU, China, and U.S. markets were fully compliant with regional or country specific environmental legislation. We are also working diligently with local business representatives and/or customers on the various local WEEE compliance strategies, including WEEE registration, collection, reporting and recycling schemes.
 
We are also subject to the following standards and requirements:
 
Security Standards
 
Industry and government security standards ensure the integrity of the electronic payment process and protect the privacy of consumers using electronic payment systems. New standards are continually being adopted or proposed as a result of worldwide fraud prevention initiatives, increasing the need for new security solutions and technologies. In order for us to remain compliant with the growing variety of international requirements, we have developed a security architecture that incorporates physical, electronic, operating system, encryption, and application-level security measures. This architecture has proven successful even in countries that have particularly stringent and specific security requirements, such as Australia, Canada, Germany, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.
 
Card Association Standards
 
Payment Card Industry Security Standards.  In September 2006, the PCI SSC was formed by American Express, Discover Financial Services, JCB, MasterCard, and Visa. PCI SSC is responsible for developing and


10


Table of Contents

disseminating security specifications, validation of testing methods and security assessor training. The five founding companies participate on the policy setting Executive Committee of the PCI SSC.
 
In September 2006, the PCI SSC published an updated version of the PCI-DSS that represents a common set of industry tools and measurements to help ensure the safe handling of sensitive electronic transaction information. In October 2008, the PCI-DSS standard was updated and an expiration date for the previous version of this standard was set. The PCI SSC also released an updated version of the newer PA-DSS standard and set an expiration date for the original standard adopted in April 2008 by Visa under the Payment Application Best Practices (“PABP”) program. The PCI-DSS and PA-DSS standard revisions include mandates and audit requirements for retailers, merchant acquirers, and payment application developers.
 
In September 2007, the PCI SSC announced that the PCI PED standard will be moved under the control of the PCI SSC. This PCI PED standard was previously maintained and updated by Visa, MasterCard, and JCB. The PCI PED specification and testing requirements have become a standard specification for the five card associations. All previous mandates and deadlines regarding PCI PED compliance will remain in effect under the PCI SSC. Further alignment with regional and national debit networks and certification bodies may occur, which would enable electronic payment system providers to certify payment technology more quickly and cost effectively. In practice, the PCI PED approval process represents a significant increase in level of security and technical complexity for PIN Entry Devices.
 
EMV Standards.  EMV has introduced new standards to address the growing need for transaction security and interoperability. One important example is their establishment of EMVCo LLC, a smart card standards organization that has prescribed specifications for electronic payment systems (MasterCard, Visa, and JCB) to receive certifications for smart card devices and applications. The EMV standard is designed to ensure global smart card interoperability across all electronic payment systems. To ensure adherence to this standard, specific certifications are required for all electronic payment systems and their application software. We maintain EMV certifications across our applicable product lines.
 
Contactless System Standards.  The major card associations have each established a brand around contactless payment. The brands and specifications are PayPass® for MasterCard, Visa payWave® and Visa Wave® for Visa, ExpressPay® for American Express, and ZIP® for Discover Financial Services. Along with these brands, each of the card associations has developed its own specifications governing its brand’s user experience, data management, the card-to-reader protocols and in at least one case the protocol between the contactless reader and the host device. Each brand of contactless payment has a complete set of specifications, certification requirements and a very controlled testing and approval process. In order to access the specification and approval process, payment system manufacturers must become licensees of the relevant card association’s specification. Although all of the specifications are based on ISO-IEC 14443, a standard developed by the International Organization for Standardization, the application approval processes are not compatible with one another. MasterCard has recently assigned its PayPass® contactless implementation specifications to EMVCo LLC, which is the first step towards the creation of a common specification and certification standard for contactless payment systems. The EMVCo LLC Contactless testing process is not yet in place. VeriFone actively participates in several standards bodies pursuing common standards for contactless payments, including INCITS B10, EMVCo LLC, The Smart Card Alliance and the NFC Forum.
 
MasterCard PTS and TQM Standard.  The MasterCard POS Terminal Security (“PTS”) Program addresses stability and security of IP communications between IP-enabled POS terminals and the acquirer host system using authentication/encryption protocols approved by MasterCard ensuring transaction data integrity. The purpose of this program is threefold:
 
  •  provide POS vendors with security guidelines to counter the threats presented by the use of Internet/IP technologies within the POS terminal infrastructure;
 
  •  specifically address network vulnerabilities within the increasingly popular IP networks; and
 
  •  identify potential vulnerabilities of an end-to-end solution that may occur as a result of failing to provide confidentiality, integrity, availability, authentication, non-repudiation, and replay attack prevention on the data being transmitted over the Internet.


11


Table of Contents

 
We have successfully achieved Vx product-line and NURIT product-line compliance with the new MasterCard PTS security specification regarding security of IP-based systems. The MasterCard PTS program approval applies to several IP-enabled products including the Vx 510, Vx 570, Vx 610, Vx 670, and Vx 810 as well as the NURIT 8000, NURIT 8210, and NURIT 8400 payment systems. We are the first and only terminal vendor to achieve such a distinction across an entire product line.
 
The MasterCard Terminal Quality Management (“TQM”) program was created in 2003 to “help ensure the quality and reliability of EMV compliant terminals worldwide.” MasterCard’s TQM program validates the entire lifecycle of the product, from design to manufacturing and deployment. This is a hardware quality management program, on top of the EMV Level 1 certification. It mainly involves the review and audit of the vendor’s process in the different phases of implementation, manufacturing, and distribution. At the end of the process, the product is given a quality label. MasterCard has mandated the quality label to all their member banks and has made it a pre-requisite for their Terminal Integration Process (“TIP”) since December 2003. We maintain TQM approval across all EMV Level 1 approved products deployed with EMV applications. The TQM program is now extended to Contactless payment systems and is a requirement for achieving a full PayPass Approval with MasterCard.
 
Payment Processor/Financial Institution Requirements
 
U.S. payment processors have two types of certification levels, Class A and Class B. Class B certification ensures that an electronic payment system adheres to the payment processor’s basic functional and network requirements. Class A certification adds another stipulation that the processor actively supports the electronic payment system on its internal help desk systems. Attainment of Class A certification, which may take up to twelve months, requires working with each payment processor to pass extensive functional and end-user testing and to establish the help desk related infrastructure necessary to provide Class A support. Attaining Class A certifications increases the number of payment processors that may actively sell and deploy a particular electronic payment system. We have significant experience in attaining these critical payment processor certifications and have a large portfolio of Class A certifications with major U.S. processors. In addition, several international financial institutions and payment processors have certification requirements that electronic payment systems must comply with in order to process transactions on their specific networks. We have significant direct experience and, through our international distributors, indirect experience in attaining these required certifications across the broad range of system solutions that we offer to our international customers.
 
Telecommunications Regulatory Authority and Carrier Requirements
 
Our products must comply with government regulations, including those imposed by the Federal Communications Commission and similar telecommunications authorities worldwide regarding emissions, radiation, safety, and connections with telephone lines and radio networks. Our products must also comply with recommendations of quasi-regulatory authorities and of standards-setting committees. Our electronic payment systems have been certified as compliant with a large number of national requirements, including those of the Federal Communications Commission and Underwriters Laboratory in the U.S. and similar local requirements in other countries.
 
In addition to national requirements for telecommunications systems, wireless network service providers mandate certain standards with which all connected devices and systems must comply in order to operate on these networks. Many wireless network carriers have their own certification process for devices to be activated and used on their networks. Our wireless electronic payment systems have been certified by leading wireless carrier networks around the world.
 
Proprietary Rights
 
We rely primarily on copyrights, trademarks, patent filings, and trade secret laws to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our technology and products. VeriFone maintains a patent incentive program and patent committee, which encourages and rewards employees to present inventions for patent application and filings.


12


Table of Contents

As of October 31, 2008, we held 21 patents and have 43 patent applications filed with various patent offices in several countries throughout the world, including the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, the European Union, China, Israel, India, Australia, Japan, and South Africa.
 
As of October 31, 2008, we held trademark registration in approximately 30 countries for VERIFONE and in approximately 40 countries for VERIFONE including our ribbon logo. We currently hold trademark registration in the United States and a variety of other countries for our product names and other marks.
 
We generally have not registered copyrights in our software and other written works. Instead, we have relied upon common law copyright, customer license agreements, and other forms of protection. We use non-disclosure agreements and license agreements to protect software and other written materials as copyrighted and/or trade secrets.
 
In the U.S. and other countries, prior to 2001, our predecessor held patents relating to a variety of POS and related inventions, which expire in accordance with the applicable law in the country where filed. In 2001, as part of the divestiture of VeriFone, Inc. from HP, VeriFone, Inc. and HP entered into a technology agreement whereby HP retained ownership of most of the patents owned or applied for by VeriFone prior to the date of divestiture. The technology agreement grants VeriFone a perpetual, non-exclusive license to use any of the patented technology retained by HP at no charge. In addition, we hold a non-exclusive license to patents held by NCR Corporation related to signature capture in electronic payment systems. This license expires in 2011, along with the underlying patents.
 
Segment and Geographical Information
 
For an analysis of financial information about geographic areas as well as our segments, see “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Segment Information” and Note 14. “Segment and Geographic Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.
 
Employees
 
As of October 31, 2008, we have 2,362 employees worldwide. None of our employees is represented by a labor union agreement or collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we believe that our employee relations are good.
 
Executive Officers
 
The executive officers of VeriFone and their ages as of January 12, 2009 are as follows:
 
         
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Douglas Bergeron
  48   Chief Executive Officer
Robert Dykes
  59   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Elmore Waller
  59   Executive Vice President, Integrated Solutions
Jeff Dumbrell
  39   Executive Vice President
Lazy Yanay
  48   President of VeriFone Israel & Managing Director of Middle East
 
Douglas G. Bergeron.  Mr. Bergeron has served as Chief Executive Officer of VeriFone Holdings, Inc. since July 2001. From December 2000 to June 2002, Mr. Bergeron was Group President of Gores Technology Group and from April 1999 to October 2000 served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Geac Computer Corporation. From 1990 to 1999, Mr. Bergeron served in a variety of executive management positions at SunGard Data Systems Inc., including Group CEO of SunGard Brokerage Systems Group and President of SunGard Futures Systems. Mr. Bergeron holds a Bachelor of Arts degree (with Honors) in computer science from York University in Toronto, Canada, and a Masters of Science degree from the University of Southern California. Mr. Bergeron is on the board of the Multiple Sclerosis Society of Silicon Valley and is a member of the Listed Company Advisory Committee of the NYSE.


13


Table of Contents

Robert Dykes.  Mr. Dykes has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since September 2008. Prior to joining VeriFone, Mr. Dykes was Chairman and CEO of NebuAd Inc., a provider of targeted online advertising networks. Before joining NebuAd, from January 2005 to March 2007, Mr. Dykes was Executive Vice President, Business Operations and Chief Financial Officer of Juniper Networks, Inc., a provider of network infrastructure to global service providers, enterprises, governments and research and educational institutions. From February 1997 to December 2004, Mr. Dykes was Chief Financial Officer and President, Systems Group, of Flextronics International Ltd., a provider of design and electronics manufacturing services to original equipment manufacturers. From October 1988 to February 1997, Mr. Dykes was Executive Vice President, Worldwide Operations and Chief Financial Officer of Symantec Corporation, a provider of software and services that address risks to information security, availability, compliance, and information technology systems performance. Mr. Dykes also held Chief Financial Officer roles at industrial robots manufacturer Adept Technology and senior financial management positions at Ford Motor Company and at disc drive controller manufacturer Xebec. Mr. Dykes holds a Bachelor of Commerce in Administration degree from Victoria University, Wellington, New Zealand.
 
Elmore Waller.  Mr. Waller has served as Executive Vice President, Integrated Solutions since December 2004 and, since joining VeriFone in 1986, has served in a number of leadership positions including Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Worldwide Petro Division. Prior to working at VeriFone, Mr. Waller worked for 11 years at General Electric Company, serving in several financial management positions. Mr. Waller holds an M.B.A. from Syracuse University.
 
Jeff Dumbrell.  Mr. Dumbrell joined VeriFone in July 2002 where he served in various senior-level management roles within the company, most recently as Executive Vice President responsible for managing VeriFone’s growth initiatives in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Middle East and Africa. From December 2000 to July 2002, Mr. Dumbrell was Executive Director of Sales for B3 Corporation and he was National Sales Manager for BankServ from October 1999 to December 2000. Previously, Mr. Dumbrell was Western Regional Manager for The Quaker Oats Company where he had sales responsibility for managing Tier 1 retail customers. Mr. Dumbrell holds a M.B.A. from The University of San Francisco and a Bachelor of Science in Marketing from Clemson University.
 
Lazy Yanay.  Mr. Yanay serves as President of VeriFone Israel and Managing Director of Middle East. Mr. Yanay joined VeriFone following its acquisition of Lipman Electronic Engineering in November 2006. Mr. Yanay had served at Lipman as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing since September 2001 where his responsibilities included management of worldwide sales and marketing activities, management of the corporate sales and marketing department and oversight of Lipman’s non-U.S. subsidiaries. Before joining Lipman, Mr. Yanay held various senior-level positions at Shira Computers Ltd. (a subsidiary of VYYO Inc.) and Scitex Corporation, Ltd. Mr. Yanay holds a Bachelor of Arts in Psychology from Tel Aviv University.
 
Available Information
 
Our Internet address is http://www.verifone.com. We make available free of charge on our investor relations website under “SEC Filings” our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, registration statements and amendments to those reports and registration statements as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding our filings at http://www.sec.gov. A copy of any materials we file with the SEC also may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.
 
ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS
 
The risks set forth below may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. In addition to the risks set forth below and the factors affecting specific business operations identified with the description of these operations elsewhere in this report, there may also be risks of which we are currently aware, or that we currently regard as immaterial based on the information available to us that later prove to be material.


14


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our internal processes and controls and our disclosure controls have been inadequate; if the processes and controls we have implemented and continue to implement are inadequate, we may not be able to comply with our financial statement certification requirements under applicable SEC rules, or prevent future errors in our financial reporting.
 
As described under “Item 9A — Controls and Procedures” in this Annual Report, we have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and have determined that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. These weaknesses, such as weakness in control activities related to income taxes and financial statement review processes and having insufficient number of qualified finance personnel, contributed to our need to restate previously reported interim financial information for each of the first three quarters of our fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, and to the delays in the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2007. We also were unable to file our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for our fiscal quarters ended January 31, 2008 and April 30, 2008 on a timely basis. We have implemented and intend to continue to implement a number of additional and enhanced processes and controls to improve our internal control over financial reporting. However, if we are unsuccessful in adequately implementing these processes and controls, we may be unable to comply with Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15, which specify the processes and controls that public companies are required to have in place, and we may be unable to provide the executive certificates required by Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 in our quarterly and annual reports. Even if we implement such controls, there can be no assurance that these controls will be sufficient to detect or prevent future errors in financial reporting. We have devoted additional resources to our financial control and reporting requirements, including hiring additional qualified employees in these areas. We expect to hire additional employees and may also engage additional consultants in these areas. Competition for qualified financial control and accounting professionals in the geographic areas in which we operate is keen and there can be no assurance that we will be able to hire and retain these individuals.
 
We have been named as a party to several class action and derivative action lawsuits arising from the restatements, and we may be named in additional litigation, all of which are likely to require significant management time and attention and expenses and may result in an unfavorable outcome which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
In connection with the restatements of our historical interim financial statements for fiscal 2007, a number of securities class action complaints were filed against us and certain of our officers, and a number of purported derivative actions have also been filed against certain of our current and former directors and officers. See “Item 3 — Legal Proceedings” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
The amount of time and resources required to resolve these lawsuits is unpredictable, and defending ourselves is likely to divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operations of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, an unfavorable outcome in such litigation would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover our costs for defending these actions or paying any damages in the event of an unfavorable outcome. In addition, we may be obligated to indemnify (and advance legal expenses to) both current and former officers, employees and directors in connection with these actions. We currently hold insurance policies for the benefit of our directors and officers, although our insurance coverage may not be sufficient in some or all of these matters. Furthermore, our insurance carriers may seek to deny coverage in some or all of these matters, in which case we may have to fund the indemnification amounts owed to such directors and officers ourselves.
 
We are subject to the risk of additional litigation and regulatory proceedings or actions in connection with the restatement. We have responded to inquiries and provided information and documents related to the restatement to the SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice, the New York Stock Exchange, and the Chicago Board Options Exchange. The SEC also has interviewed several current and former VeriFone officers and employees, and we are continuing to cooperate with the SEC in responding to the SEC’s requests for information. Additional regulatory inquiries may also be commenced by other U.S. federal, state or foreign regulatory agencies. In addition, we may in the future be subject to additional litigation or other proceedings or actions arising in relation to the restatement of our historical


15


Table of Contents

interim financial statements. Litigation and any potential regulatory proceeding or action may be time consuming, expensive and distracting from the conduct of our business. The adverse resolution of any specific lawsuit or any potential regulatory proceeding or action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
Our restatement and related litigation, as well as related amendments to our credit instruments could result in substantial additional costs and expenses and adversely affect our cash flows, and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We have incurred substantial expenses for legal, accounting, tax and other professional services in connection with the investigation by the audit committee of our board of directors, our internal review of our historical financial statements, the preparation of the restated financial statements, inquiries from government agencies, the related litigation, and the amendments to our credit agreement as a result of our failure to timely file our Exchange Act reports with the SEC. We estimate that we have incurred approximately $41.8 million of expenses related to these activities through October 31, 2008. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses in connection with these matters. See “Secured Credit Facility” under “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for additional information related to the amendments to our credit agreement.
 
Many members of our senior management team and our Board of Directors have been and will be required to devote a significant amount of time on remedial efforts and litigation related to the restatement. In addition, certain of these individuals are named defendants in the litigation related to the restatement. Defending these actions may require significant time and attention from them. If our senior management is unable to devote sufficient time in the future developing and pursuing our strategic business initiatives and running ongoing business operations, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Current macroeconomic conditions may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
The U.S. and international economy and financial markets are currently undergoing significant slowdown and volatility due to uncertainties related to energy prices, availability of credit, difficulties in the banking and financial services sectors, softness in the housing market, severely diminished market liquidity, geopolitical conflicts, falling consumer confidence and rising unemployment rates. This slowdown has and could further lead to reduced demand for our products if customers decide to delay or reduce deployment of electronic payment systems, which in turn would reduce our revenues and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to a reduction in sales, our profitability may decrease during downturns because we may not be able to reduce costs at the same rate as our sales decline. Given the current unfavorable economic environment, our customers may have difficulties obtaining capital at adequate or historical levels to finance their ongoing business and operations, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us. We are unable to predict the likely duration and severity of the current disruption in the financial markets and adverse economic conditions in the U.S. and other countries and such conditions, if they persist, will continue to adversely impact our business, operating results, and financial condition.
 
We have experienced rapid growth, and if we cannot adequately manage our growth, our results of operations will suffer.
 
We have experienced rapid growth in our operations, both internally and from acquisitions. We cannot be sure that we have made adequate allowances for the costs and risks associated with our expansion, or that our systems, procedures, and managerial controls will be adequate to support further expansion in our operations. Any delay in implementing, or transitioning to, new or enhanced systems, procedures, or controls may adversely affect our ability to manage our product inventory and record and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis. We expect that growth will require us to hire certain additional finance and control, engineering, technical support, sales, administrative, and operational personnel. Competition for qualified personnel can be intense in the areas where we operate and we have faced challenges in hiring qualified employees in these areas. The process of locating, training and successfully integrating qualified personnel into our operations can be lengthy and expensive. If we are unable to successfully manage expansion, our results of operations may be adversely affected.


16


Table of Contents

A significant percentage of our business is executed towards the end of our fiscal quarters. This could negatively impact our business and results of operations.
 
Revenues recognized in our fiscal quarters tend to be back-end loaded. This means that sales orders are received, product is shipped, and revenue is recognized increasingly towards the end of each fiscal quarter. This back-end loading, particularly if it becomes more pronounced, could adversely affect our business and results of operations due to a number of factors including the following:
 
  •  the manufacturing processes at our internal manufacturing facility could become concentrated in a shorter time period. This concentration of manufacturing could increase labor and other manufacturing costs and negatively impact gross margins. The risk of inventory write-offs could also increase if we were to hold higher inventory levels to counteract this effect;
 
  •  the higher concentration of orders may make it difficult to accurately forecast component requirements and, as a result, we could experience a shortage of the components needed for production, possibly delaying shipments and causing lost orders;
 
  •  if we are unable to fill orders at the end of a quarter, shipments may be delayed. This could cause us to fail to meet our revenue and operating profit expectations for a particular quarter and could increase the fluctuation of quarterly results if shipments are delayed from one fiscal quarter to the next or orders are cancelled by customers; and
 
  •  in order to fulfill orders at the end of a quarter, we may be forced to deliver our products using air freight which results in increased distribution costs.
 
We may be subject to additional impairment charges due to potential declines in the fair value of our assets.
 
As a result of our acquisitions, particularly that of Lipman, we have significant goodwill and intangible assets on our balance sheet. We test goodwill and intangible assets for impairment on a periodic basis as required, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The events or changes that could require us to test our goodwill and intangible assets for impairment include a reduction in our stock price and market capitalization and changes in our estimated future cash flows, as well as changes in rates of growth in our industry or in any of our reporting units. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded an impairment charge of $289.1 million for goodwill and developed technology intangible assets due to lower revenue expectations in light of current operating performance and future operating expectations. We will continue to evaluate the carrying value of our remaining goodwill and intangible assets and if we determine in the future that there is a potential further impairment in any of our reporting units, we may be required to record additional charges to earnings which could materially adversely affect our financial results and could also materially adversely affect our business. See Note 3. “Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to impairment of goodwill and intangible assets.
 
The government tax benefits that our Israeli subsidiary currently receives require it to meet several conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would impact the timing of cash tax payments for previously accrued taxes.
 
Our principal subsidiary in Israel (formerly Lipman) has received tax benefits under Israeli law for capital investments that are designated as “Approved Enterprises.” We received such tax benefits of approximately $8.0 million in 2008 and $0.1 million in 2007. To maintain our eligibility for these tax benefits, we must continue to meet conditions, including making specified investments in property, plant, and equipment, and continuing to manufacture in Israel. If we do not comply with these conditions in the future, the benefits received could be cancelled or reduced and we could be required to pay increased taxes or refund the amounts of the tax benefits Lipman received in the past, together with interest and penalties. Also, an increase in our assembly of products outside of Israel may be construed as a failure to comply with these conditions. These tax benefits may not continue in the future at the current levels or at all. The termination or reduction of these tax benefits, or our inability to qualify for new programs, could adversely affect our results of operations. Our principal subsidiary in Israel has


17


Table of Contents

undistributed earnings of approximately $206.0 million, the vast majority of which are attributable to Lipman’s Approved Enterprise programs. As such, these earnings were not subject to Israeli statutory corporate tax at the time they were generated. To the extent that these earnings are distributed to the United States in the future, our Israeli subsidiary would be required to pay corporate tax at the rate ordinarily applicable to such earnings (currently between 10% and 25%) along with a 15% withholding tax. As of October 31, 2008, we have accrued $48.4 million for taxes associated with future distributions of Israeli earnings.
 
We depend upon third parties to physically manufacture many of our systems and to supply the components necessary to manufacture our products.
 
Prior to the Lipman acquisition, we did not directly manufacture the physical systems we design which form part of our System Solutions. In addition, Lipman did not manufacture systems it sold in Brazil or a majority of the systems designed by its Dione subsidiary. We arrange for a limited number of third parties to manufacture these systems under contract and pursuant to our specifications. Components such as application specific integrated circuits, or ASICs, payment processors, wireless modules, modems, and printer mechanisms that are necessary to manufacture and assemble our systems are sourced either directly by us or on our behalf by our contract manufacturers from a variety of component suppliers selected by us. If our suppliers are unable to deliver the quantities that we require, we would be faced with a shortage of critical components. We also experience from time to time an increase in the lead time for delivery of some of our key components. We may not be able to find alternative sources in a timely manner if suppliers of our key components become unwilling or unable to provide us with adequate supplies of these key components when we need them or if they increase their prices. If we are unable to obtain sufficient key required components, or to develop alternative sources if and as required in the future, or to replace our component and factory tooling for our products in a timely manner if they are damaged or destroyed, we could experience delays or reductions in product shipments. This could harm our relationships with our customers and cause our revenues to decline. Even if we are able to secure alternative sources or replace our tooling in a timely manner, our costs could increase.
 
We have significant operations in Israel and therefore our results of operations may be adversely affected by political or economic instability or military operations in or around Israel.
 
We have offices and a manufacturing facility in Israel and many of our suppliers are located in Israel. Therefore, political, economic, and military conditions in Israel directly affect our operations. The future of peace efforts between Israel and its Arab neighbors remains uncertain. Any armed conflicts or further political instability in the region is likely to negatively affect business conditions and adversely affect our results of operations. Furthermore, several countries continue to restrict or ban business with Israel and Israeli companies. These restrictive laws and policies may seriously limit our ability to make sales in those countries.
 
In addition, many employees in Israel are obligated to perform at least 30 days and up to 40 days, depending on rank and position, of military reserve duty annually and are subject to being called for active duty under emergency circumstances. If a military conflict or war arises, these individuals could be required to serve in the military for extended periods of time. Our operations in Israel could be disrupted by the absence for a significant period of one or more key employees or a significant number of other employees due to military service. Any disruption in our operations in Israel could materially adversely affect our business.
 
We depend on our manufacturing and warehouse facility in Israel. If operations at this facility are interrupted for any reason, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
We currently assemble and test a majority of our NURIT products and some of our Dione products at our manufacturing facility located in Israel. Component and limited finished product inventories are also stored at this facility. Disruption of the manufacturing process at this facility or damage to it, whether as a result of fire, natural disaster, act of war, terrorist attack, or otherwise, could materially affect our ability to deliver products on a timely basis and could materially adversely affect our results of operations. We also assemble some of our NURIT products in Brazil. To the extent products are manufactured by third parties in additional countries, we may become more dependent on third-party manufacturers to produce and deliver products sold in these markets on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost.


18


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of customers, including distributors and resellers, for a large percentage of our System Solutions sales. If we do not effectively manage our relationships with them, our net revenues and operating results will suffer.
 
A significant percentage of our net revenues is attributable to a limited number of customers, including distributors and ISOs. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 33% of our net revenues, although no customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues in that period. If any of our large customers significantly reduces or delays purchases from us or if we are required to sell products to them at reduced prices or on other terms less favorable to us, our revenues and income could be materially adversely affected.
 
We sell a significant portion of our solutions through third parties such as independent distributors, independent sales organizations, or ISOs, value-added resellers, and payment processors. We depend on their active marketing and sales efforts. These third parties also provide after-sales support and related services to end user customers. When we introduce new applications and solutions, they also provide critical support for developing and porting the custom software applications to run on our various electronic payment systems and, internationally, in obtaining requisite certifications in the markets in which they are active. Accordingly, the pace at which we are able to introduce new solutions in markets in which these parties are active depends on the resources they dedicate to these tasks. Moreover, our arrangements with these third parties typically do not prevent them from selling products of other companies, including our competitors, and they may elect to market our competitors’ products and services in preference to our system solutions. If one or more of our major resellers terminates or otherwise adversely changes its relationship with us, we may be unsuccessful in replacing it. The loss of one of our major resellers could impair our ability to sell our solutions and result in lower revenues and income. It could also be time consuming and expensive to replicate, either directly or through other resellers, the certifications and the custom applications owned by these third parties.
 
We are exposed to the credit risk of some of our customers and to credit exposures in weakened markets, which could result in material losses.
 
Most of our sales are on an open credit basis, with typical payment terms of up to 60 days in the United States and, because of local customs or conditions, longer in some markets outside the United States. In the past, there have been bankruptcies amongst our customer base. Although any resulting loss has not been material to date, future losses, if incurred, could harm our business and have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. Additionally, to the degree that the recent turmoil in the credit markets makes it more difficult for some customers to obtain financing, our customers’ ability to pay could be adversely impacted, which in turn could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results, and financial condition.
 
A majority of our net revenues is generated outside of the United States and we intend to continue to expand our operations internationally. Our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our international expansion and operations effectively.
 
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, 65.2% of our net revenues were generated outside of the United States. We expect our percentage of net revenues generated outside of the United States to continue to increase in the coming years. Part of our strategy is to expand our penetration in existing foreign markets and to enter new foreign markets. Our ability to penetrate some international markets may be limited due to different technical standards, protocols or product requirements. Expansion of our international business will require significant management attention and financial resources. Our international net revenues will depend on our continued success in the following areas:
 
  •  securing commercial relationships to help establish our presence in new international markets;
 
  •  hiring and training personnel capable of marketing, installing and integrating our solutions, supporting customers, and managing operations in foreign countries;
 
  •  localizing our solutions to target the specific needs and preferences of foreign customers, which may differ from our traditional customer base in the market we currently serve;


19


Table of Contents

 
  •  building our brand name and awareness of our services among foreign customers in new international markets; and
 
  •  implementing new systems, procedures, and controls to monitor our operations in new international markets.
 
In addition, we are subject to risks associated with operating in foreign countries, including:
 
  •  multiple, changing, and often inconsistent enforcement of laws and regulations;
 
  •  satisfying local regulatory or industry imposed security or other certification requirements;
 
  •  competition from existing market participants that may have a longer history in and greater familiarity with the international markets we enter;
 
  •  tariffs and trade barriers;
 
  •  laws and business practices that may favor local competitors;
 
  •  fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
 
  •  extended payment terms and the ability to collect accounts receivable;
 
  •  economic and political instability in certain foreign countries;
 
  •  imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars or remittance of dividends and other payments by foreign subsidiaries;
 
  •  changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions; and
 
  •  greater difficulty in safeguarding intellectual property in areas such as China, Russia, and Latin America.
 
Many of these factors typically become more prevalent during periods of economic stress; therefore, current global economic differences may exacerbate certain of these risks. In addition, compliance with foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that are applicable to our international operations is complex and may increase our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions and our international operations could expose us to fines and penalties if we fail to comply with these regulations. These laws and regulations include import and export requirements, U.S. laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to governmental officials. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws, there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors, and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies, particularly as we expand our operations through organic growth and acquisitions. Any such violations could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, including substantial fines or prohibitions on our ability to offer our products and services to one or more countries, and could also materially damage our reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our business, and our operating results. In addition, if we fail to address the challenges and risks associated with international expansion and acquisition strategy, we may encounter difficulties implementing our strategy, which could impede our growth or harm our operating results.
 
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly as a result of factors outside of our control, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
 
We expect our revenues and operating results to vary from quarter to quarter. As a consequence, our operating results in any single quarter may not meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline. Factors that may affect our operating results include:
 
  •  the type, timing, and size of orders and shipments;
 
  •  demand for and acceptance of our new product offerings;
 
  •  customers’ willingness to maintain inventories;
 
  •  delays in the implementation and delivery of our products and services, which may impact the timing of our recognition of revenues;
 
  •  variations in product mix and cost during any period;


20


Table of Contents

 
  •  development of new relationships and maintenance and enhancement of existing relationships with customers and strategic partners;
 
  •  component supply, manufacturing, or distribution difficulties;
 
  •  deferral of customer contracts in anticipation of product or service enhancements;
 
  •  timing of commencement, implementation, or completion of major implementation projects;
 
  •  timing of governmental, statutory and industry association requirements;
 
  •  the relative mix of North America and International net revenues;
 
  •  fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
 
  •  the fixed nature of many of our expenses; and
 
  •  industry and economic conditions, including competitive pressures and inventory obsolescence.
 
In particular, differences in relative growth rates between our businesses in North America and internationally may have a significant effect on our operating results, particularly our reported gross profit percentage, in any individual quarter, with International sales carrying lower margins.
 
In addition, we have in the past and may continue to experience periodic variations in sales to our key vertical and international markets. These periodic variations occur throughout the year and may lead to fluctuations in our quarterly operating results depending on the impact of any given market during that quarter and could lead to volatility in our stock price.
 
Our North American and International operations are not equally profitable, which may promote volatility in our earnings and may adversely impact future growth in our earnings.
 
Our International sales of System Solutions have tended to carry lower average selling prices and therefore have lower gross margins than our sales in North America. As a result, if we successfully expand our International sales, any improvement in our results of operations will likely not be as favorable as an expansion of similar magnitude in the United States and Canada. In addition, we are unable to predict for any future period our proportion of revenues that will result from International sales versus sales in North America. Variations in this proportion from period to period may lead to volatility in our results of operations which, in turn, may depress the trading price of our common stock.
 
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results of operations.
 
A substantial portion of our business consists of sales made to customers outside the United States. A portion of the net revenues we receive from such sales is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Additionally, portions of our cost of net revenues and our other operating expenses are incurred by our International operations and denominated in local currencies. Fluctuations in the value of these net revenues, costs and expenses as measured in U.S. dollars have affected our results of operations historically, and adverse currency exchange rate fluctuations may have a material impact in the future. Further, changes in exchange rates that strengthen the U.S. dollar could increase the price of our products in the local currencies of the foreign markets we serve. This would result in making our products relatively more expensive than products that are denominated in local currencies, leading to a reduction in sales and profitability in those foreign markets. In addition, our balance sheet reflects non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, primarily intercompany balances, which can be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates and cause gains and losses that are included in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. We have entered into foreign currency forward contracts and other arrangements intended to hedge our balance sheet exposure to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates. We have also effectively priced our System Solutions in U.S. dollars in certain countries. Nevertheless, these hedging arrangements may not always be effective, particularly in the event of imprecise forecasts of non-U.S. denominated assets and liabilities. Additionally, our efforts to effectively price products in U.S. dollars may have disadvantages since it may affect demand for our products if the local currency strengthens relative to the U.S. dollar. On the other hand, we could be adversely affected where the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to the local currency between the


21


Table of Contents

time of a sale and the time we receive payment, which would be collected in the devalued local currency. Accordingly, if there is an adverse movement in exchange rates, we might suffer significant losses and our results of operations may otherwise be adversely affected. Additionally, hedging programs expose us to risks that could adversely affect our operating results, including the following:
 
  •  we may be unable to hedge currency risk for some transactions because of a high level of uncertainty or the inability to reasonably estimate our foreign exchange exposures; and
 
  •  we may be unable to acquire foreign exchange hedging instruments in some of the geographic areas where we do business, or, where these derivatives are available, we may not be able to acquire enough of them to fully offset our exposure.
 
Security is vital to our customers and end users and therefore breaches in the security of our solutions could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.
 
Protection against fraud is of key importance to the purchasers and end users of our solutions. We incorporate security features, such as encryption software and secure hardware, into our solutions to protect against fraud in electronic payment transactions and to ensure the privacy and integrity of consumer data. Our solutions may be vulnerable to breaches in security due to defects in the security mechanisms, the operating system and applications, or the hardware platform. Security vulnerabilities could jeopardize the security of information transmitted or stored using our solutions. We also provide our customers with repair, encryption key loading and helpdesk services, and have in the past and may in the future also experience security breaches or fraudulent activities related to unauthorized access to sensitive customer information. In general, liability associated with security breaches of a certified electronic payment system belongs to the institution that acquires the financial transaction. However, if the security of our solutions is compromised, our reputation and marketplace acceptance of our solutions will be adversely affected, which would cause our business to suffer, and we may become subject to damages claims.
 
Our solutions may have defects that could result in sales delays, delays in our collection of receivables, and claims against us.
 
We offer complex solutions that are susceptible to undetected hardware and software errors or failures. Solutions may experience failures when first introduced, as new versions are released, or at any time during their lifecycle. Defects may also arise from third party components that we incorporate into our products, such as hardware modules, chipsets or battery cells. Any product recalls as a result of errors or failures could result in the loss of or delays in market acceptance of our solutions and adversely affect our business and reputation. Any significant returns or warranty claims could result in significant additional costs to us and could adversely affect our results of operations. Our customers may also run third-party software applications on our electronic payment systems. Errors in third-party applications could adversely affect the performance of our solutions.
 
The existence of defects and delays in correcting them could result in negative consequences, including the following: harm to our brand; delays in shipping system solutions; loss of market acceptance for our system solutions; additional warranty expenses; diversion of resources from product development; and loss of credibility with distributors and customers. Correcting defects can be time consuming and in some circumstances extremely difficult. Software errors may take several months to correct, and hardware defects may take even longer to correct.
 
We may accumulate excess or obsolete inventory that could result in unanticipated price reductions and write-downs and adversely affect our financial condition.
 
In formulating our solutions, we have focused our efforts on providing to our customers solutions with higher levels of functionality, which requires us to develop and incorporate cutting edge and evolving technologies. This approach tends to increase the risk of obsolescence for products and components we hold in inventory and may compound the difficulties posed by other factors that affect our inventory levels, including the following:
 
  •  the need to maintain significant inventory of components that are in limited supply;
 
  •  buying components in bulk for the best pricing;


22


Table of Contents

 
  •  responding to the unpredictable demand for products;
 
  •  cancellation of customer orders; and
 
  •  responding to customer requests for quick delivery schedules.
 
The accumulation of excess or obsolete inventory may result in price reductions and inventory write-downs, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. We incurred an obsolescence cost of $11.8 million for obsolete inventory, scrap, and purchase commitments for excess components at contract manufacturers during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008. In the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, we incurred an obsolescence charge of $16.6 million primarily due to the implementation of PCI security standards which significantly reduced the markets in which non-PCI compliant finished goods and related accessories could be sold.
 
If we do not accurately forecast customer demand and effectively manage our product mix and inventory levels, we may lose sales from having too few or the wrong mix of products or incur costs associated with excess inventory.
 
If we improperly forecast demand for our products we could end up with too many products and be unable to sell the excess inventory in a timely manner, if at all, or, alternatively we could end up with too few products and not be able to satisfy demand. This problem is exacerbated because we attempt to closely match inventory levels with product demand leaving limited margin for error, and we generally receive a significant volume of customer orders towards the end of each fiscal quarter which leave us little room to adjust inventory mix to match demand. Also, during the transition from an existing product to a new replacement product, we must accurately predict the demand for the existing and the new product. Our inability to properly manage our inventory levels could cause us to incur increased expenses associated with writing off excessive or obsolete inventory or lose sales or have to ship products by air freight to meet immediate demand incurring incremental freight costs above sea freight costs, a preferred method, and suffering a corresponding decline in gross margins.
 
Our proprietary technology is difficult to protect and unauthorized use of our proprietary technology by third parties may impair our ability to compete effectively.
 
We may not be able to protect our proprietary technology, which could enable competitors to develop services that compete with our own. We rely on copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality, licensing and other contractual arrangements to establish and protect the proprietary aspects of our solutions. We do not have patent protection for certain important aspects of our current solutions. The laws of some countries in which we sell our solutions and services may not protect software and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws in the United States. If we are unable to prevent misappropriation of our technology, competitors may be able to use and adapt our technology. Our failure to protect our technology could diminish our competitive advantage and cause us to lose customers to competitors.
 
Our business may suffer if we are sued for infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, or if we are unable to obtain rights to third-party intellectual property on which we depend.
 
Third parties have in the past asserted and may in the future assert claims that our system solutions infringe their proprietary rights. Such infringement claims, even if meritless, may cause us to incur significant costs in defending those claims. We may be required to discontinue using and selling any infringing technology and services, to expend resources to develop non-infringing technology or to purchase licenses or pay royalties for other technology. Similarly, we depend on our ability to license intellectual property from third parties. These or other third parties may become unwilling to license to us on acceptable terms intellectual property that is necessary to our business. In either case, we may be unable to acquire licenses for other technology on reasonable commercial terms or at all. As a result, we may find that we are unable to continue to offer the solutions and services upon which our business depends.
 
We have received, and have currently pending, third-party claims and may receive additional notices of such claims of infringement in the future. Infringement claims may cause us to incur significant costs in defending those claims. For example, in September 2007, SPA Syspatronic AG commenced an infringement action against us and


23


Table of Contents

others and in March 2008, Cardsoft, Inc. and Cardsoft (Assignment for the Benefit of Creditors), LLC commenced an infringement action against us and others. Infringement claims are expensive and time consuming to defend, regardless of the merits or ultimate outcome. In addition, Communication Transaction Solutions, Inc. is pursuing an action against us alleging misappropriation of trade secrets that is scheduled to go to trial in January 2009. Similar claims may result in additional protracted and costly litigation. There can be no assurance that we will continue to prevail in any such actions or that any license required under any such patent or other intellectual property would be made available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. See “Item 3 — Legal Proceedings.”
 
We face litigation risks that could force us to incur substantial defense costs and could result in damages awards against us that would negatively impact our business.
 
As described in “Item 3 — Legal Proceedings,” there are a number of pending litigation and tax assessment matters each of which may be time-consuming to resolve, expensive to defend, and disruptive to normal business operations. The outcome of litigation is inherently difficult to predict. An unfavorable resolution of any specific lawsuit could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We may not be able to attract, integrate, manage, and retain qualified personnel.
 
Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our key senior management, engineering, sales and marketing, and manufacturing personnel, many of whom would be difficult to replace. In addition, our future success also depends on our ability to attract, integrate, manage, and retain highly skilled employees throughout our businesses. Competition for some of these personnel is intense, and in the past, we have had difficulty hiring employees in our desired time frame, particularly qualified finance and accounting professionals. We may be unsuccessful in attracting and retaining personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future, or delays in hiring required personnel, particularly engineers and sales personnel, could make it difficult for us to manage our business and meet key objectives, such as timely product introductions.
 
In January, July, October and December 2008, we implemented work force reduction plans reducing the number of employees and contractors. These reductions have also required that we reassign certain employee duties. Workforce reductions and job reassignments could negatively affect employee morale, and make it difficult to motivate and retain our remaining employees and contractors, which would affect our ability to deliver our products in a timely fashion and otherwise negatively affect our business.
 
In addition, the restatement of our historical interim financial statements has adversely impacted our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel and may also have affected the morale and productivity of our workforce, including as a result of the uncertainties inherent in the restatement process, as well as our inability to provide equity-based compensation or permit the exercise of outstanding stock options from the time we announced that we would be restating our interim financial statements to August 2008, when we filed the required reports with the SEC. Moreover, the restatement process has adversely affected the market for our shares making our equity compensation program potentially less attractive for current or prospective employees.
 
Shipments of electronic payment systems may be delayed by factors outside of our control, which can harm our reputation and our relationships with our customers.
 
The shipment of payment systems requires us or our manufacturers, distributors, or other agents to obtain customs or other government certifications and approvals, and, on occasion, to submit to physical inspection of our systems in transit. Failure to satisfy these requirements, and the very process of trying to satisfy them, can lead to lengthy delays in the delivery of our solutions to our direct or indirect customers. Delays and unreliable delivery by us may harm our reputation in the industry and our relationships with our customers.
 
Force majeure events, such as terrorist attacks, other acts of violence or war, political instability, and health epidemics may adversely affect us.
 
Terrorist attacks, war and international political instability, along with health epidemics may disrupt our ability to generate revenues. Such events may negatively affect our ability to maintain sales revenues and to develop new business


24


Table of Contents

relationships. Because a substantial and growing part of our revenues is derived from sales and services to customers outside of the United States and we have our electronic payment systems manufactured outside the U.S., terrorist attacks, war and international political instability anywhere may decrease international demand for our products and inhibit customer development opportunities abroad, disrupt our supply chain and impair our ability to deliver our electronic payment systems, which could materially adversely affect our net revenues or results of operations. Any of these events may also disrupt global financial markets and precipitate a decline in the price of our common stock.
 
Natural or manmade disasters, business interruptions and health epidemics could delay our ability to receive or ship our products, or otherwise disrupt our business.
 
Our worldwide operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, tsunamis, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, health epidemics and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Our corporate headquarters, and a portion of our research and development activities, are located in California, and other critical business operations and some of our suppliers are located in California and Asia, near major earthquake faults. If our manufacturers’ or warehousing facilities are disrupted or destroyed, we would be unable to distribute our products on a timely basis, which could harm our business. Moreover, if our computer information systems or communication systems, or those of our vendors or customers, are subject to hacker attacks or other disruptions, our business could suffer. We have not established a formal disaster recovery plan. Our back-up operations may be inadequate and our business interruption insurance may not be enough to compensate us for any losses that may occur. A significant business interruption could result in losses or damages and harm our business. For example, much of our order fulfillment process is automated and the order information is stored on our servers. If our computer systems and servers go down even for a short period at the end of a fiscal quarter, our ability to recognize revenue would be delayed until we were again able to process and ship our orders, which could harm our revenues for that quarter and cause our stock price to decline significantly.
 
While we believe we comply with environmental laws and regulations, we are still exposed to potential risks associated with environmental laws and regulations.
 
We are subject to other legal and regulatory requirements, including a European Union directive that places restrictions on the use of hazardous substances (RoHS) in electronic equipment, a European Union directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE), and the environmental regulations promulgated by China’s Ministry of Information Industry (China RoHS). RoHS sets a framework for producers’ obligations in relation to manufacturing (including the amounts of named hazardous substances contained in products sold) and WEEE sets a framework for treatment, labeling, recovery, and recycling of electronic products in the European Union which may require us to alter the manufacturing of the physical devices that include our solutions and/or require active steps to promote recycling of materials and components. In addition, similar legislation could be enacted in other jurisdictions, including in the United States. If we do not comply with the RoHS directives, WEEE directives and China RoHS, we may suffer a loss of revenue, be unable to sell in certain markets or countries, be subject to penalties and enforced fees, and/or suffer a competitive disadvantage. Furthermore, the costs to comply with RoHS and WEEE and China RoHS, or with current and future environmental and worker health and safety laws may have a material adverse effect on our results of operation, expenses and financial condition.
 
We may pursue complementary acquisitions and strategic investments, which will involve numerous risks. We may not be able to address these risks without substantial expense, delay or other operational or financial problems.
 
We may seek to acquire or make investments in related businesses, technologies, or products in the future. Acquisitions or investments involve various risks, such as:
 
  •  the difficulty of integrating the technologies, operations, and personnel of the acquired business, technology or product;
 
  •  the potential disruption of our ongoing business, including the diversion of management attention;


25


Table of Contents

 
  •  the possible inability to obtain the desired financial and strategic benefits from the acquisition or investment;
 
  •  loss of customers;
 
  •  the risk that increasing complexity inherent in operating a larger business may impact the effectiveness of our internal controls and adversely affect our financial reporting processes;
 
  •  assumption of unanticipated liabilities;
 
  •  the loss of key employees of an acquired business; and
 
  •  the possibility of our entering markets in which we have limited prior experience.
 
Future acquisitions and investments could also result in substantial cash expenditures, potentially dilutive issuance of our equity securities and incurrence of additional debt, contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to other intangible assets that could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition. We depend on the retention and performance of existing management and employees of acquired businesses for the day-to-day management and future operating results of these businesses.
 
Risks Related to Our Industry
 
Our markets are highly competitive and subject to price erosion.
 
The markets for our system solutions and services are highly competitive, and we have been subject to price pressures. Competition from manufacturers, distributors, or providers of products similar to or competitive with our system solutions or services could result in price reductions, reduced margins, and a loss of market share or could render our solutions obsolete. For example, First Data Corporation, a leading provider of payments processing services, and formerly our largest customer, has developed and continues to develop a series of proprietary electronic payment systems for the U.S. market.
 
We expect to continue to experience significant and increasing levels of competition in the future. We compete with suppliers of cash registers that provide built in electronic payment capabilities and producers of software that facilitates electronic payment over the internet, as well as other manufacturers or distributors of electronic payment systems. We must also compete with smaller companies that have been able to develop strong local or regional customer bases. In certain foreign countries, some competitors are more established, benefit from greater name recognition and have greater resources within those countries than we do.
 
If we do not continually enhance our existing solutions and develop and market new solutions and enhancements, our net revenues and income will be adversely affected.
 
The market for electronic payment systems is characterized by:
 
  •  rapid technological change;
 
  •  frequent product introductions and enhancements;
 
  •  evolving industry and government performance and security standards; and
 
  •  changes in customer and end-user requirements.
 
Because of these factors, we must continually enhance our existing solutions and develop and market new solutions. These efforts require significant investment in research and development as well as increased costs of manufacturing and distributing our system solutions, and we may not necessarily be able to increase or maintain prices to account for these costs.
 
We cannot be sure that we will successfully complete the development and introduction of new solutions or enhancements or that our new solutions will be accepted in the marketplace. We may also fail to develop and deploy new solutions and enhancements on a timely basis. In either case, we may lose market share to our competitors, and our net revenues and results of operations could suffer.


26


Table of Contents

We must adhere to industry and government regulations and standards and therefore sales will suffer if we cannot comply with them.
 
Our system solutions must meet industry standards imposed by EMVCo LLC, Visa, MasterCard, and other credit card associations and standard setting organizations. New standards are continually being adopted or proposed as a result of worldwide anti-fraud initiatives, the increasing need for system compatibility and technology developments such as wireless and wireline IP communication. Our solutions also must comply with government regulations, including those imposed by telecommunications authorities and independent standards groups worldwide regarding emissions, radiation, and connections with telecommunications and radio networks. We cannot be sure that we will be able to design our solutions to comply with future standards or regulations on a timely basis, if at all. Compliance with these standards could increase the cost of developing or producing our solutions. New products designed to meet any new standards need to be introduced to the market and ordinarily need to be certified by the credit card associations and our customers before being purchased. The certification process is costly and time consuming and increases the amount of time it takes to sell our products. Our business and financial condition could be adversely affected if we cannot comply with new or existing industry standards, or obtain or retain necessary regulatory approval or certifications in a timely fashion, or if compliance results in increasing the cost of our products. Selling products that are non-compliant may result in fines against us or our customers, which we may be liable to pay.
 
Risks Related to Our Capital Structure
 
Our secured credit facility contains restrictive and financial covenants and, if we are unable to comply with these covenants, we will be in default. A default could result in the acceleration of our outstanding indebtedness, which would have an adverse effect on our business and stock price.
 
On October 31, 2006, we entered into a secured credit agreement consisting of a Term B Loan facility of $500 million and a revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $40 million (the “Credit Facility”). The proceeds from the Term B loan were used to repay all outstanding amounts relating to an existing senior secured credit agreement, pay certain transaction costs, and partially fund the cash consideration in connection with the acquisition of Lipman on November 1, 2006. Through October 31, 2008, we had repaid an aggregate of $268.8 million, leaving a Term B Loan balance of $231.2 million at October 31, 2008.
 
Our Credit Facility contains customary covenants that require our subsidiaries to maintain certain specified financial ratios and restrict their ability to make certain distributions with respect to their capital stock, prepay other debt, encumber their assets, incur additional indebtedness, make capital expenditures above specified levels, engage in certain business combinations, or undertake various other corporate activities. Therefore, as a practical matter, these covenants restrict our ability to engage in or benefit from such activities. In addition, we have, in order to secure repayment of our Credit Facility, pledged substantially all of our assets and properties. This pledge may reduce our operating flexibility because it restricts our ability to dispose of these assets or engage in other transactions that may be beneficial to us.
 
If we are unable to comply with the covenants in our Credit Facility, we will be in default, which could result in the acceleration of our outstanding indebtedness. In addition, if our leverage exceeds a certain level set out in our Credit Facility, a portion of our excess cash flows must be used to pay down our outstanding debt. If acceleration occurs, we may not be able to repay our debt and we may not be able to borrow sufficient additional funds to refinance our debt. The U.S. credit markets are currently experiencing a significant contraction as a result of which we may not be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all. If we were to default in performance under the Credit Facility we may pursue an amendment or waiver of the Credit Facility with our existing lenders, but there can be no assurance that the lenders would grant another amendment and waiver and, in light of current credit market conditions, any such amendment or waiver may be on terms, including additional fees, as well as increased interest rates and other more stringent terms and conditions that are materially disadvantageous to us. For example, as a result of the delay in our financial reports for the 2007 fiscal year and the first two fiscal quarters of 2008, we were required to obtain amendments to our Credit Facility that resulted in an increase in the interest rate payable on our term loan and revolving commitments, as well as increases in the commitment fee for unused revolving


27


Table of Contents

commitments and letter of credit fees. We also paid the consenting lenders amendment fees in connection with the amendments.
 
The conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets may adversely affect our ability to draw on our revolving credit facility as well as have an adverse effect on other financial transactions.
 
Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (“Lehman CP”) was a lender under our revolving credit facility with a commitment of $15 million out of the $40 million facility. As a result of Lehman CP’s filing of a voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in October 2008, we reduced the revolving credit facility by its commitment.
 
In addition, the filing by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Lehman Brothers”) of a voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition constituted an “event of default” under our convertible note hedge transaction with Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc. (“Lehman Derivatives”), giving us the immediate right to terminate the transaction and entitling us to claim reimbursement for the loss incurred in terminating and closing out the transaction. On September 21, 2008, we delivered a notice of termination to Lehman Derivatives and claimed reimbursement for the loss incurred in termination and close out of the transaction. We could incur significant costs to replace this hedge transaction if we elect to do so. These replacement costs may not be fully offset by any proceeds recoverable from Lehman Brothers and Lehman Derivatives (which has also filed a voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition) following our termination of the convertible note hedge transaction with Lehman Derivatives.
 
If other financial institutions that have extended credit commitments to us or have entered into hedge, insurance or similar transactions with us are adversely affected by the conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets, they may become unable to fund borrowings under their credit commitments to us or otherwise fulfill their obligations under the relevant transactions, which could have a material and adverse impact on our financial condition and our ability to borrow additional funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate purposes.
 
Our indebtedness and debt service obligations under our Credit Facility may adversely affect our cash flow, cash position, and stock price.
 
We intend to fulfill our debt service obligations under our Credit Facility from existing cash, investments and operations. In the future, if we are unable to generate or raise additional cash sufficient to meet these obligations and need to use more of our existing cash than planned or to liquidate investments in order to fund these obligations, we may have to delay or curtail the development and/or the sales and marketing of new payment systems.
 
Our indebtedness could have significant additional negative consequences, including, without limitation:
 
  •  requiring the dedication of a significant portion of our expected cash flow to service the indebtedness, thereby reducing the amount of expected cash flow available for other purposes, including capital expenditures;
 
  •  increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic conditions;
 
  •  limiting our ability to obtain additional financing; and
 
  •  placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage to less leveraged competitors and competitors that have better access to capital resources.
 
Additionally, if we are required to refinance or raise additional cash to settle our existing indebtedness on or prior to its maturity, our ability to successfully achieve such objective is dependent on a number of factors, including but not limited to our business outlook, projected financial performance, general availability of corporate credit, and market demand for our securities offerings.
 
Any modification of the accounting guidelines for convertible debt could result in higher interest expense related to our convertible debt, which could materially impact our results of operations and earnings per share.
 
In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including


28


Table of Contents

Partial Cash Settlement). FSP APB 14-1 requires the issuer of convertible debt instruments with cash settlement features to account separately for the liability and equity components of the instrument. The debt would be recognized at the present value of its cash flows discounted using the issuer’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at the time of issuance. The equity component would be recognized as the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the note and the fair value of the liability. The FSP also requires accretion of the resultant debt discount over the expected life of the debt. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. Entities are required to apply the FSP retrospectively for all periods presented. We are currently evaluating FSP APB 14-1 and have not yet determined the impact its adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements. However, the impact of this new accounting treatment will be significant and will result in a significant increase to non-cash interest expense beginning in fiscal year 2010 for financial statements covering past and future periods.
 
Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or prevent transactions that many stockholders may favor.
 
Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:
 
  •  authorization of the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock without the need for action by stockholders;
 
  •  the removal of directors or amendment of our organizational documents only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;
 
  •  provision that any vacancy on the board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of the directors then in office;
 
  •  inability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders, although stockholders are permitted to act by written consent; and
 
  •  advance notice requirements for board nominations and proposing matters to be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
 
Our share price has been volatile and we expect that the price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate substantially.
 
Our stock price has fluctuated substantially since our initial public offering and more recently since the announcement of our anticipated restatement in December 2007 and the more recent turmoil in the worldwide financial markets. In addition to fluctuations related to Company-specific factors, broad market and industry factors may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Factors that could cause fluctuations in our stock price may include, among other things:
 
  •  actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;
 
  •  changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock, or our failure to meet the estimates made by securities analysts;
 
  •  changes in the market valuations of other companies operating in our industry;
 
  •  announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;
 
  •  additions or departures of key personnel; and
 
  •  sales of our common stock, including sales of our common stock by our directors and officers or by our principal stockholders.
 
ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.


29


Table of Contents

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES
 
Our headquarters are located in San Jose, California. Warehouse and distribution facilities are located in the U.S., Israel, United Kingdom, Turkey, Singapore, China, and Brazil. Our warehouse and distribution space is leased and totals approximately 290,000 square feet.
 
We also maintain research facilities and sales and administrative offices in the U.S. at approximately 15 locations in eight states or jurisdictions and outside the U.S. at approximately 45 locations in 20 countries. All of these locations are leased. We are using substantially all of our currently available productive space to develop, manufacture, market, sell and distribute our products. Our facilities are in good operating condition, suitable for their respective uses and adequate for current needs.
 
         
    Approximate
 
Location
  Square Footage  
 
Corporate Headquarters:
       
United States
    20,131  
Warehouse and Distribution Facilities:
       
United States
    160,610  
International
    109,219  
         
      289,960  
         
Sales office or Research and Development:
       
United States
    253,795  
International
    228,841  
         
      482,636  
         
 
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
Class Action and Derivative Lawsuits
 
On or after December 4, 2007, several securities class action claims were filed against us and certain of our officers, former officers, and a former director. These lawsuits have been consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California as In re VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Securities Litigation, C 07-6140 MHP. The original actions were: Eichenholtz v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6140 MHP; Lien v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6195 JSW; Vaughn et al. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6197 VRW (Plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed this complaint on March 7, 2008); Feldman et al. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6218 MMC; Cerini v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6228 SC; Westend Capital Management LLC v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6237 MMC; Hill v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6238 MHP; Offutt v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6241 JSW; Feitel v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et al., C 08-0118 CW. On August 22, 2008, the Court appointed plaintiff National Elevator Fund lead plaintiff and its attorneys lead counsel. Plaintiff filed its consolidated amended class action complaint on October 31, 2008 and we filed our motion to dismiss on December 31, 2008. The consolidated amended complaint asserts claims under the Securities Exchange Act Sections 10(b), 20(a), and 20A and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 for securities fraud and control person liability against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors, based on allegations that we and the individual defendants made false or misleading public statements regarding our business and operations during the putative class periods and seeks unspecified monetary damages and other relief. Discovery has not yet commenced and is not expected to do so until after a ruling on our motion to dismiss. At this time, we have not recorded any liabilities as we are unable to estimate any potential liability.
 
Beginning on December 13, 2007, several actions were also filed against certain current and former directors and officers derivatively on our behalf. These derivative lawsuits were filed in: (1) the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, as In re VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Shareholder Derivative Litigation, Lead Case No. C 07-6347, which consolidates King v. Bergeron, et al. (Case No. 07-CV-6347), Hilborn v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et al. (Case No. 08-CV-1132), Patel v. Bergeron, et al. (Case No. 08-CV-1133), and Lemmond, et al. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et al. (Case No. 08-CV-1301); and (2) California Superior Court, Santa Clara County, as In re


30


Table of Contents

VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Lead Case No. 1-07-CV-100980, which consolidates Catholic Medical Mission Board v. Bergeron, et al. (Case No. 1-07-CV-100980), and Carpel v. Bergeron, et al. (Case No. 1-07-CV-101449). On May 15, 2008, the Court in the federal derivative action appointed Charles R. King as lead plaintiff and his attorneys as lead counsel. On October 31, 2008, plaintiffs in the federal action filed their consolidated amended derivative complaint, which names us as a nominal defendant and brings claims for insider selling, breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, waste of corporate assets and aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors. On December 15, 2008, we and the other defendants filed a motion to dismiss. The parties have agreed by stipulation that briefing on this motion will relate only to the issue of plaintiffs’ failure to make a pre-suit demand on our Board of Directors.
 
On October 31, 2008, the derivative plaintiffs in California Superior Court for the County of Santa Clara filed their consolidated derivative complaint, naming us as a nominal defendant and brings claims for insider selling, breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, waste of corporate assets and aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty against certain of our current and former officers and directors and our largest shareholder, GTCR Golder Rauner. On November 10, 2008, we filed a motion to stay the state court action pending resolution of the parallel federal actions, and the parties have agreed by stipulation to delay briefing on the motion to stay until after the issue of demand futility is resolved in the federal derivative case.
 
On January 27, 2008, a class action complaint was filed against us in the Central District Court in Tel Aviv, Israel on behalf of purchasers of our stock on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. The complaint seeks compensation for damages allegedly incurred by the class of plaintiffs due to the publication of erroneous financial reports. We filed a motion to stay the action, in light of the proceedings already filed in the United States, on March 31, 2008. A hearing on the motion was held on May 25, 2008. Further briefing in support of the stay motion, specifically with regard to the threshold issue of applicable law, was submitted on June 24, 2008. On September 11, 2008, the Israeli District Court ruled in our favor, holding that U.S. law would apply in determining our liability. On October 7, 2008, plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to appeal the District Court’s ruling to the Israeli Supreme Court. Our response to plaintiffs’ appeal motion is currently due January 18, 2009. Because our motion to stay will depend upon the Supreme Court’s ruling, the District Court has stayed its proceedings until the Supreme Court rules on plaintiffs’ motion for leave to appeal. At this time, we have not recorded any liabilities as we are unable to estimate any potential liability.
 
The foregoing cases are still in the preliminary stages, and we are not able to quantify the extent of our potential liability, if any. An unfavorable outcome in any of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, defending this litigation is likely to be costly and may divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operations of our business.
 
Regulatory Actions
 
We have responded to inquiries and provided information and documents related to the restatement of our fiscal year 2007 interim financial statements to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Department of Justice, the New York Stock Exchange, and the Chicago Board Options Exchange. The SEC has interviewed several of our current and former officers and employees. We are continuing to cooperate with the SEC in responding to the SEC’s requests for information and in scheduling interviews with current and former officers and employees. We are unable to predict what consequences, if any, any investigation by any regulatory agency may have on us. There is no assurance that other regulatory inquiries will not be commenced by other U.S. federal, state or foreign regulatory agencies.
 
Brazilian State Tax Assessment
 
One of our Brazilian subsidiaries has been notified of a tax assessment regarding Brazilian state value added tax (“VAT”), for the periods from January 2000 to December 2001 that relates to products supplied to us by a contract manufacturer. The assessment relates to an asserted deficiency of 4.7 million Brazilian reais (approximately $2.3 million) excluding interest. The tax assessment was based on a clerical error in which our Brazilian subsidiary omitted the required tax exemption number on its invoices. Management does not expect that we will ultimately incur a material liability in respect of this assessment, because they believe, based in part on advice of our Brazilian tax counsel, that we are likely to prevail in the proceedings relating to this assessment. On May 25, 2005, we had an administrative hearing with respect to this audit. We expect to receive the decision of the administrative


31


Table of Contents

body sometime in 2009. In the event we receive an adverse ruling from the administrative body, we will decide whether or not to appeal and would reexamine the determination as to whether an accrual is necessary. It is currently uncertain what impact this state tax examination may have with respect to our use of a corresponding exemption to reduce the Brazilian federal VAT.
 
Importation of Goods Assessments
 
Two of our Brazilian subsidiaries that were acquired as a part of the Lipman acquisition have been notified of assessments regarding Brazilian customs penalties that relate to alleged infractions in the importation of goods. The assessments were issued by the Federal Revenue Department in the City of Vitória, the City of São Paulo, and the City of Itajai. The assessments relate to asserted deficiencies totaling 26.9 million Brazilian reais (approximately $12.8 million) excluding interest. The tax authorities allege that the structure used for the importation of goods was simulated with the objective of evading taxes levied on the importation by under-invoicing the imported goods; the tax authorities allege that the simulation was created through a fraudulent interposition of parties, where the real sellers and buyers of the imported goods were hidden.
 
In the Vitória tax assessment, the fines were reduced from 4.7 million Brazilian reais (approximately $2.2 million) to 1.5 million Brazilian reais (approximately $0.7 million) on a first level administrative decision on January 26, 2007. The proceeding has been remitted to the Taxpayers Council to adjudicate the appeal of the first level administrative decision filed by the tax authorities. We also appealed the first level administrative decision on February 26, 2007. In this appeal, we argued that the tax authorities did not have enough evidence to determine that the import transactions were indeed fraudulent and that, even if there were some irregularities in such importations, they could not be deemed to be our responsibility since all the transactions were performed by the third-party importer of the goods. On February 27, 2008, the Taxpayers Council rendered its decision to investigate the first level administrative decision for further analysis of the matter. We expect to receive the decision of the Taxpayers Council sometime in 2009. In the event we receive an adverse ruling from the Taxpayers Council, we will decide whether or not to appeal to the judicial level. Based on our current understanding of the underlying facts, we believe that it is probable that its Brazilian subsidiary will be required to pay some amount of fines. At October 31, 2008, we have accrued 4.7 million Brazilian reais (approximately $2.2 million), excluding interest, which we believe is the probable payment.
 
On July 12, 2007, we were notified of a first administrative level decision rendered in the São Paulo tax assessment, which maintained the total fine of 20.2 million Brazilian reais (approximately $9.7 million) imposed. On August 10, 2007, we appealed the first administrative level decision to the Taxpayers Council. A hearing was held on August 12, 2008 before the Taxpayers Council and on October 14, 2008, the Taxpayers Council granted our appeal and dismissed the Sao Paulo assessment. However, the Taxpayers Council has not issued its written opinion concerning the legal basis for such dismissal, and the Brazilian tax authorities have informed us that it will file a revised assessment in this matter. Based on our current understanding of the underlying facts, we believe that it is probable that our Brazilian subsidiary will be required to pay some amount of fines. Accordingly, at October 31, 2008, we have accrued 20.2 million Brazilian reais (approximately $9.7 million), excluding interest.
 
On May 22, 2008, we were notified of a first administrative level decision rendered in the Itajai assessment, which maintained the total fine of 2.0 million Brazilian reais (approximately $0.9 million) imposed, excluding interest. On May 27, 2008, we appealed the first level administrative level decision to the Taxpayers Council. Based on our current understanding of the underlying facts, we believe that it is probable that our Brazilian subsidiary will be required to pay some amount of fines. Accordingly, at October 31, 2008, we have accrued 2.0 million Brazilian reais (approximately $0.9 million), excluding interest.
 
SPA Syspatronic AG v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., et al.
 
On September 18, 2007, SPA Syspatronic AG (“SPA”) commenced an action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, against us and others, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 5,093,862 purportedly owned by SPA. The plaintiff is seeking a judgment of infringement, an injunction against further infringement, damages, interest, and attorneys’ fees. We filed an answer and counterclaims on November 8, 2007, and intend to vigorously defend this litigation. On January 28, 2008, we requested that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “PTO”) perform a re-examination of the patent. The PTO granted the request on April 4, 2008. We then filed a motion to stay the proceedings with the Court and on April 25, 2008, the Court agreed to stay the proceedings pending the re-examination. On December 19, 2008, the PTO rejected all


32


Table of Contents

claims of the subject patent on the same basis as was identified in our request for re-examination. The case is still in the preliminary stages, and it is not possible to quantify the extent of our potential liability, if any. An unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.
 
Cardsoft, Inc. et al v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., et al.
 
On March 6, 2008, Cardsoft, Inc. and Cardsoft (Assignment for the Benefit of Creditors), LLC (“Cardsoft”) commenced an action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, against us and others, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents No. 6,934,945 and No. 7,302,683 purportedly owned by Cardsoft. The plaintiff is seeking a judgment of infringement, an injunction against further infringement, damages, interest, and attorneys’ fees. We intend to vigorously defend this litigation.
 
Communication Transaction Solutions, Inc. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., et al.
 
We are a defendant in this action initiated in the California Superior Court in Santa Clara County on August 30, 2006, in which the plaintiff alleges, among other things, misappropriation of trade secrets in connection with the Company’s development of its wireless pay-at-the-table system. These allegations followed our decision in October 2005 to terminate discussions regarding a possible acquisition of the plaintiff’s business. The plaintiff is seeking damages, interest and attorneys’ fees. The parties argued summary judgment motions on September 4, 2008 and on September 11, 2008, the Court dismissed certain of the plaintiffs’ claims. With respect to the remaining claims, the case is scheduled to go to trial in January 2009. We have engaged in court-mandated settlement discussions with the plaintiff but no settlement has been reached. Although an unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse effect on us, we believe the plaintiff’s claims are entirely without merit and intend to vigorously defend this litigation and pursue our counterclaims.
 
From time to time, we are subject to other legal proceedings related to commercial, customer, and employment matters that have arisen during the ordinary course of its business. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate disposition of these matters, our management has determined, based upon the information available at the date of these financial statements, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
The following is a tabulation of the votes on proposals considered at our annual meeting of stockholders held on October 8, 2008:
 
1. To elect nine directors to serve on our Board of Directors for one-year terms.
 
                 
    For     Withheld  
 
Douglas G. Bergeron
    67,279,614       859,644  
Robert W. Alspaugh
    67,966,504       172,754  
Dr. Leslie G. Denend
    59,988,975       8,150,283  
Alex W. (Pete) Hart
    63,306,539       4,832,719  
Robert B. Henske
    59,990,464       8,148,794  
Eitan Raff
    67,966,400       172,858  
Charles R. Rinehart
    64,222,967       3,916,291  
Collin E. Roche
    63,509,723       4,629,535  
Jeffrey E. Stiefler
    67,981,066       158,192  
 
2. To approve an amendment to VeriFone’s Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of common stock.
 
         
For
    65,102,140  
Against
    3,018,408  
Abstain
    18,710  


33


Table of Contents

3. To approve an amendment to our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock that may be issued thereunder.
 
         
For
    38,841,702  
Against
    22,577,585  
Abstain
    12,363  
Broker Non-Vote
    6,707,608  
 
4. To ratify the selection of Ernst & Young LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008.
 
         
For
    65,902,575  
Against
    375,881  
Abstain
    1,860,802  
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Our common stock has been quoted on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PAY” since April 29, 2005. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our stock.
 
The following table sets forth for the indicated periods, the high and low sale prices of our common stock.
 
                                                                 
    Fiscal 2008 Quarter Ended     Fiscal 2007 Quarter Ended  
    Jan. 31
    Apr. 30
    Jul. 31
    Oct. 31
    Jan. 31
    Apr. 30
    Jul. 31
    Oct. 31
 
    2008     2008     2008     2008     2007     2007     2007     2007  
 
High
  $ 49.79     $ 21.12     $ 16.14     $ 21.17     $ 40.82     $ 42.72     $ 38.94     $ 50.00  
Low
  $ 15.59     $ 10.10     $ 10.75     $ 8.53     $ 29.26     $ 34.84     $ 31.45     $ 33.03  
 
On October 31, 2008, the closing sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $11.36 and on December 31, 2008, the closing sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $4.90. As of December 31, 2008, there were approximately 36 stockholders of record. Because many shares of our common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these holders of record.
 
Dividend Policy
 
We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock in our most recent four full fiscal years. We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance our operations and growth. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on earnings, financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, any contractual restrictions, and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, our Credit Facility contains limitations on the ability of our principal operating subsidiary, VeriFone, Inc., to declare and pay cash dividends. Because we conduct our business through our subsidiaries, as a practical matter these restrictions similarly limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
 
Information with respect to Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation may be found in “Item 12 — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters — Equity Compensation Plan Information,” which section is incorporated herein by reference.


34


Table of Contents

Performance Graph
 
The following graph and table:
 
  •  compares the performance of an investment in our common stock over the period of April 29, 2005 through October 31, 2008 beginning with an investment at the closing market price on April 29, 2005, the end of the first day our common stock traded on the exchange following our initial public offering, and thereafter, based on the closing price of our common stock on the market, with the S&P 500 Index and a selected peer group index (the “Comparables Index”). The Comparables Index was selected on an industry basis and includes Ingenico S.A., Hypercom Corp., International Business Machines Corp., MICROS Systems, Inc., NCR Corp. and Radiant Systems, Inc.
 
  •  assumes $100 was invested on the start date at the price indicated and that dividends, if any, were reinvested on the date of payment without payment of any commissions. The performance shown in the graph and table represents past performance and should not be considered an indication of future performance.
 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
                                                   
      April 29,
      October 31,
      October 31,
      October 31,
      October 31,
 
      2005       2005       2006       2007       2008  
VeriFone Holdings, Inc. 
    $ 100.00       $ 215.81       $ 271.72       $ 459.81       $ 105.67  
S&P 500 Index
    $ 100.00       $ 104.34       $ 119.11       $ 133.93       $ 83.74  
Comparables Index
    $ 100.00       $ 107.05       $ 121.32       $ 153.57       $ 120.81  
                                                   
 
The information provided above under the heading “Performance Graph” shall not be considered “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.


35


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this report. The selected data in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements.
 
                                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008(1)     2007(2)     2006     2005     2004  
          (In thousands, except per share data)        
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                       
Net revenues
  $ 921,931     $ 902,892     $ 581,070     $ 485,367     $ 390,088  
Cost of net revenues
    628,900       603,660       319,525       288,542       241,637  
                                         
Gross profit
    293,031       299,232       261,545       196,825       148,451  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Research and development
    75,622       65,430       47,353       41,830       33,703  
Sales and marketing
    91,457       96,295       58,607       52,231       44,002  
General and administrative
    126,625       80,704       42,573       29,609       25,503  
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
    289,119                          
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
    26,033       21,571       4,703       4,967       10,200  
In-process research and development
          6,752                    
                                         
Total operating expenses
    608,856       270,752       153,236       128,637       113,408  
                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (315,825 )     28,480       108,309       68,188       35,043  
Interest expense
    (28,413 )     (36,598 )     (13,617 )     (15,384 )     (12,597 )
Interest income
    5,981       6,702       3,372       598        
Other income (expense), net
    (13,181 )     (7,882 )     (6,394 )     (6,673 )     (11,869 )
                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (351,438 )     (9,298 )     91,670       46,729       10,577  
Provision for income taxes
    73,884       24,718       32,159       13,490       4,971  
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (425,322 )     (34,016 )     59,511       33,239       5,606  
Accrued dividends on preferred stock
                            4,959  
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ (425,322 )   $ (34,016 )   $ 59,511     $ 33,239     $ 647  
                                         
Net income (loss) per common share:
                                       
Basic
  $ (5.05 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.90     $ 0.57     $ 0.01  
                                         
Diluted
  $ (5.05 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.86     $ 0.54     $ 0.01  
                                         
Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share:
                                       
Basic
    84,220       82,194       66,217       58,318       50,725  
                                         
Diluted
    84,220       82,194       68,894       61,460       56,588  
                                         
Cash dividends per common share
  $     $     $     $     $ 1.72  
                                         
 


36


Table of Contents

                                         
    As of October 31,  
    2008     2007(3)     2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 157,160     $ 215,001     $ 86,564     $ 65,065     $ 12,705  
Total assets
    1,079,752       1,547,309       452,945       327,352       245,619  
Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion
    548,379       553,152       192,889       182,806       262,187  
 
 
(1) Our fiscal year 2008 results of operations include $41.8 million of general and administrative costs related to the restatement of interim financial information for the first three quarters of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. We recorded $262.5 million impairment of goodwill and $26.6 million impairment of developed and core technology intangible assets due to lower revenue expectation in light of current operating performance and future operating expectations. We also recognized a $62.3 million income tax expense for recording a full valuation allowance against all beginning of the year balances for U.S. deferred tax assets.
 
(2) We acquired Lipman on November 1, 2006 and its results of operations are included from the date of acquisition. We also recognized an IPR&D expense of $6.8 million in connection with our Lipman acquisition.
 
(3) In November 2006, we increased our outstanding balance on our Term B Loan to $500.0 million. In June 2007, we sold $316.2 million of 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012. We repaid $263.8 million of our outstanding Term B Loan with the proceeds from the sale of the 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes.
 
ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
This section and other parts of this Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “believes,” “plans,” “predicts,” and similar terms. Such forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, and projections about our industry, and management’s beliefs and assumptions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and our actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Item 1A — Risk Factors” above. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as result of new information, future events, or otherwise.
 
Overview
 
We are a global leader in secure electronic payment solutions. We provide expertise, solutions, and services that add value to the point of sale with merchant-operated, consumer-facing, and self-service payment systems for the financial, retail, hospitality, petroleum, government, transportation and healthcare vertical markets. We have one of the leading electronic payment solutions brands and are one of the largest providers of electronic payment systems worldwide. We believe that we benefit from a number of competitive advantages gained through our 27 year history and success in our industry. These advantages include our globally trusted brand name, large installed base, significant involvement in the development of industry standards, global operating scale, customizable platforms, and investment in research and development. We believe that these advantages position us well to capitalize on the continuing global shift toward electronic payment transactions.
 
Our industry’s growth continues to be driven by the long-term shift towards electronic payment transactions and away from cash and checks in addition to an improvement in security standards that require more advanced electronic payment systems. Internationally, growth rates have been higher because of the relatively lower penetration rates of electronic payment transactions in many countries as well as governmental efforts to modernize their economies and use electronic payments as a means of improving collection of value-added tax (“VAT”) and sales tax. Recently, additional factors have driven growth, including the shift from dial up to internet protocol (“IP”)

37


Table of Contents

based and wireless communications, personal identification number (“PIN”) based debit transactions, and advances in computing technology which enable vertical solutions and non-payment applications to reside at the point of sale.
 
Revenues recognized in our fiscal quarters have tended to be back-end loaded as we receive sales orders and deliver our System Solutions towards the end of each fiscal quarter including the fourth quarter. This back-end loading may adversely affect our results of operations in a number of ways. First, if we expect to receive sales orders that do not materialize at the end of the fiscal quarter or if we do not receive them with sufficient time to deliver our System Solutions and recognize revenue in that fiscal quarter, our revenues and profitability may be adversely affected. In addition, the manufacturing processes at our internal manufacturing facility could become concentrated in a shorter time period which could increase labor and other manufacturing costs as well as delivery costs and negatively impact our gross margins. If, on the other hand, we were to hold higher inventory levels to counteract this effect, we would be subject to an enhanced risk of inventory obsolescence. The concentration of orders may also make it difficult to accurately forecast component requirements and, as a result, we could experience a shortage of the components needed for production, possibly delaying shipments and causing lost orders. This could cause us to fail to meet our revenue and operating profit expectations for a particular quarter and could increase the fluctuation of our quarterly results if shipments are delayed from one fiscal quarter to the next or orders are cancelled by customers.
 
Security has become a driving factor in our business as our customers endeavor to meet ever escalating governmental requirements related to the prevention of identity theft as well as operating safeguards imposed by the credit and debit card associations, members of which include Visa International (“Visa”) MasterCard Worldwide (“MasterCard”), American Express, Discover Financial Services, and JCB Co., Ltd. (“JCB”). In September 2006, these card associations established the PCI SSC to oversee and unify industry standards in the areas of credit card data security, referred to as the PCI-PED standard which consists of PIN-entry device security (“PED”) and the PCI-DSS for enterprise data security, and the Payment Application Data Security Standard (“PA-DSS”) for payment application data security. We are a leader in providing systems and software solutions that meet these standards and have upgraded or launched next generation system solutions that span our product portfolio ahead of mandated deadlines.
 
We operate in two business segments: North America and International. We define North America as the United States and Canada, and International as all other countries from which we derive revenues.
 
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we experienced lower than expected revenue levels and softer demand globally due to weakened markets and adverse economic conditions. Even if economic conditions improve, we believe that demand for wireless, IP-enabled, PIN-based debit and enhanced security systems will continue to be adversely affected by lower North American demand as retailers plan to close redundant or underperforming locations and the purchasing power of certain International customers diminishes due to unfavorable foreign currency exchange rate movements. However, we expect demand in emerging economies to continue to grow faster relative to our mature markets as these economies develop and seek to enhance VAT collection. We continue to devote research and development (“R&D”) resources to address these market needs.
 
Lipman Acquisition
 
On November 1, 2006, we acquired Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd, or Lipman, and in connection with this acquisition, we issued 13,462,474 shares of our common stock and paid $347.4 million in cash in exchange for all the outstanding ordinary shares of Lipman. All options to purchase Lipman ordinary shares were exchanged for options to purchase approximately 3.4 million shares of our common stock. In addition, in accordance with the merger agreement, Lipman’s Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend of $1.50 per Lipman ordinary share, or an aggregate amount of $40.4 million. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $799.3 million.


38


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
Restatement
 
On December 3, 2007, we announced that our management had identified errors in accounting related to the valuation of in-transit inventory and allocation of manufacturing and distribution overhead to inventory and that as a result of these errors, we anticipated that a restatement of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the interim periods during our fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 would be required. Our Audit Committee conducted an independent investigation into the errors in accounting that led to the anticipated restatement.
 
The Audit Committee investigation and restatement process resulted in delays to the completion of our fiscal year 2007 annual financial statements and first and second quarter of fiscal year 2008 interim financial statements and identified several weaknesses in our internal controls. We have incurred and will continue to incur significant costs related to this process. In addition, a number of securities class action complaints were filed against us and certain of our current and former officers, and a number of derivative actions were filed against certain of our current and former directors and officers. The costs of the investigation, the restatement and defense of the related litigation, as well as the time and energy required to be devoted to these matters by our management, has had a significant impact on our results of operations and may continue to do so for the foreseeable future.
 
In connection with the Audit Committee investigation and restatement process, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, as a result of which our senior management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. These material weaknesses were previously disclosed under “Item 9A — Controls and Procedures” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. Although we have worked to resolve these material weaknesses in our internal controls, as disclosed under “Item 9A — Controls and Procedures” in this Annual Report, our management has determined that certain of these material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting were not remediated as of October 31, 2008.
 
Net Revenues
 
We generate net revenues through the sale of our electronic payment systems and solutions that enable electronic transactions, which we identify as System Solutions, and to a lesser extent, warranty and support services, field deployment, installation and upgrade services, and customer specific application development, which we identify as Services.
 
Net revenues, which include System Solutions and Services, are summarized in the following table (in thousands, except percentages):
 
                                                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     Change     % Change     2007     Change     % Change     2006  
 
System Solutions
  $ 807,465     $ 15,176       1.9 %   $ 792,289     $ 275,135       53.2 %   $ 517,154  
Services
    114,466       3,863       3.5 %     110,603       46,687       73.0 %     63,916  
                                                         
Total
  $ 921,931     $ 19,039       2.1 %   $ 902,892     $ 321,822       55.4 %   $ 581,070  
                                                         
 
System Solutions Revenues
 
System Solutions net revenues increased $15.2 million, or 1.9%, to $807.5 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 from $792.3 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. System Solutions net revenues comprised 87.6% of total net revenues for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 as compared to 87.8% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007.
 
International System Solutions net revenues for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 increased $56.3 million, or 12.5%, to $506.9 million compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. Latin American net revenues increased $31.6 million, or 22.1% to $174.6 million, European net revenues increased $19.4 million, or 7.9%, to $264.6 million, and net revenues in Asia increased $5.3 million, or 8.5%, to $67.7 million, compared to the fiscal


39


Table of Contents

year ended October 31, 2007. In Latin America, Brazil financial system solutions markets were favorably impacted by the public offering of one of our largest Brazilian customers and Brazil demand for prepaid top-ups, medical and healthcare system solutions increased due to a favorable macroeconomic climate throughout most of the year. Mexico revenues declined due to a less favorable tax regime from the government sponsored terminalization program. European net revenues increased slightly due to improved supply chain and sales execution compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. However, revenues were adversely impacted by increased pricing competition from our principal competitors in Europe and Latin America and local competitors in Asia.
 
North America System Solutions net revenues for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 decreased $41.2 million or 12.0% to $300.6 million compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. The largest declines were in the U.S. Financial business and Petroleum Solutions business. Our U.S. Financial business was constrained overall due to adverse economic conditions which slowed retail store openings. Petroleum Solutions sales continued to decline due to an unfavorable economic climate and high petroleum prices for the majority of the year which affected the retail petroleum market. These declines in revenue was partially offset by strong sales in Multi-lane, reflecting deployments which address enhanced PCI-DSS requirements.
 
We are unable to predict the likely duration and severity of the current disruption in the financial markets and adverse economic conditions in the U.S. and other countries and such conditions, if they persist, will continue to adversely impact our business, operating results, and financial condition.
 
System Solutions net revenues increased $275.1 million, or 53.2% during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 primarily due to a $213.1 million increase in International System Solutions net revenues and a $61.5 million increase in North America System Solutions net revenues due principally to the Lipman acquisition. The increase in International System Solutions net revenues was largely attributable to growth across emerging economies, in particular Brazil, Turkey, China, and Israel. Factors driving the increase attributable to emerging economies were the addition of the Nurit product lines, acquired in the Lipman acquisition, and the continued desire of these countries to modernize their infrastructure and improve collection of VAT. The increase in North America System Solutions net revenues was primarily attributable to an increase in demand for wireless products due to our customers’ interest in differentiating the service they provide to merchants, and higher sales in Canada, where customers are preparing for a transition to EMV and Interac Chip acceptance. System Solutions net revenues comprised 87.8% of total net revenues for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 compared to 89.0% from the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006.
 
Services Revenues
 
Services net revenues increased $3.9 million, or 3.5%, to $114.5 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 from $110.6 million for fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. International service revenue growth in Brazil and Asia was partially offset by a decline in European refurbishment contracts. North America revenue growth was approximately flat with higher taxicab related services offsetting a decline in Petroleum related services.
 
Services net revenues increased $46.7 million, or 73.0%, to $110.6 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 primarily due to higher maintenance revenues and deployment revenues in Europe and Brazil as a result of the Lipman acquisition.
 
Gross Profit
 
The following table shows the gross profit and gross profit percentages for System Solutions and Services (in thousands, except percentages):
 
                                                 
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    Amounts     %     Amounts     %     Amounts     %  
 
System Solutions
  $ 251,423       31.1 %   $ 246,294       31.1 %   $ 230,106       44.5 %
Services
    41,608       36.3 %     52,938       47.9 %     31,439       49.2 %
                                                 
Total
  $ 293,031       31.8 %   $ 299,232       33.1 %   $ 261,545       45.0 %
                                                 


40


Table of Contents

System Solutions
 
Gross profit on System Solutions increased $5.1 million, or 2.1%, to $251.4 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 from $246.3 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. Gross profit on System Solutions represented 31.1% of System Solutions net revenues for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 and 2007. Year over year declines in the gross profit percentages in both North America and International segments were offset by a reduction in Corporate costs in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008.
 
North America gross profit percentage declined primarily due to the growth in Multi-lane system solutions, which tends to carry lower than average gross margins, and the lower proportion of Petroleum system solution sales, which tends to carry higher than average gross margins. In addition, we experienced pricing pressure in both landline and wireless financial solutions. Partially offsetting these decreases was the reduction of sales of a low margin legacy check processing solution for which sales effectively terminated in the first quarter of fiscal year 2007.
 
International gross profit percentage declined due to the combination of increased price competition in emerging markets countries, including Russia, China, Turkey and Brazil. In addition, certain customers purchased non-PCI compliant inventory at significant discounts. In addition, revenues in Latin America, which have historically carried gross margins below international averages, increased proportionally in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008.
 
The overall gross profit percentage was also negatively impacted by the higher proportion of International net revenues, which typically carry a lower margin than North American net revenues.
 
Corporate costs decreased as a percentage of System Solutions net revenues primarily due to a $13.8 million decrease in amortization of inventory step-up and a $5.7 million decrease in amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets as a result of the Lipman acquisition. These amortization expenses amounted to 4.0% of System Solutions net revenues for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 compared to 6.5% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. In addition, there was a $11.7 million decrease in excess and obsolescence charges and provisions for purchase of excess components from contract manufacturers, reflecting a reduction in non-PCI related inventory.
 
Gross profit on System Solutions increased $16.2 million, or 7.0%, to $246.3 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. Gross profit on System Solutions represented 31.1% of System Solutions net revenues for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, down from 44.5% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. This gross profit percentage decline reflects higher corporate costs, largely attributable to the acquisition of Lipman and the higher proportion of International net revenues, which typically carry a lower margin than North American net revenues. In addition, declines in gross profit percentage occurred in International and North America due to year end discounting of non-PCI compliant inventory.
 
Services
 
Gross profit on Services decreased $11.3 million, or 21.4%, to $41.6 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, from $52.9 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. Gross profit on Services represented 36.3% of Services net revenues for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, as compared to 47.9% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. This decline was primarily due to unfavorable product mix within Europe and to a lesser extent a revenue shift towards Latin America and Asia, where gross profit percentages are generally below the International average. In North America, the gross profit percentage declined slightly due to a decline in higher margin upgrade services.
 
Gross profit on Services increased $21.5 million, or 68.4% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. Gross profit on Services represented 47.9% of Services net revenues for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, as compared to 49.2% for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. This decline was due to the higher proportion of international services revenues, which carry lower margins relative to North America.


41


Table of Contents

We expect the gross margin percentages, both System Solutions and Services, of our International segment to continue to be lower than the comparable gross profit percentages in our North America segment.
 
Research and Development Expenses
 
R&D expenses for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 are summarized in the following table (in thousands, except percentages):
 
                                                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     Change     % Change     2007     Change     % Change     2006  
 
Research and development
  $ 75,622     $ 10,192       15.6 %   $ 65,430     $ 18,077       38.2 %   $ 47,353  
Percentage of net revenues
    8.2 %                     7.2 %                     8.1 %
 
R&D expenses increased $10.2 million or 15.6% in the year ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended October 31, 2007 primarily due to a $7.4 million increase in personnel costs resulting from higher headcount and unfavorable currency exchange rates, $1.8 million in restructuring costs, and a $2.7 million write-off of capitalized software development costs due to a change in our approach to the French market. In addition. R&D material and supplies increased by $1.0 million to support the ongoing R&D efforts. These increases were partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense.
 
R&D expenses for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 increased compared to the same period ended October 31, 2006, due to $13.6 million of expenses incurred at former Lipman entities, $4.7 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, and $2.5 million of expenses incurred at former PayWare entities. These increases were partially offset by a $4.8 million increase in software costs required to be capitalized under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 86 for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 as compared to the prior fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 due to an increase in the number of projects which have software spending.
 
We expect R&D expenses over the next few quarters to decline in absolute amounts as we assess the changing macroeconomic environment.
 
Sales and Marketing Expenses
 
Sales and marketing expenses for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 are summarized in the following table (in thousands, except percentages):
 
                                                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     Change     % Change     2007     Change     % Change     2006  
 
Sales and marketing
  $ 91,457     $ (4,838 )     (5.0 )%   $ 96,295     $ 37,688       64.3 %   $ 58,607  
Percentage of net revenues
    9.9 %                     10.7 %                     10.1 %
 
Sales and marketing expenses decreased $4.8 million or 5.0% for the year ended October 31, 2008, compared to the year ended October 31, 2007 mainly as a result of a $3.4 million reduction in trade show and marketing communication activities, a $2.8 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense, and $1.9 million in lower personnel costs. The decreases were partially offset by a $2.8 million increase in restructuring costs.
 
Sales and marketing expenses for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 increased compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. The higher expenses, due primarily to the acquisitions of Lipman and PayWare, included $15.7 million of increased personnel costs, $6.9 million of increased stock-based compensation expense, $6.0 million of increased outside services, $2.5 million of increased marketing communication expenses, and $2.2 million of increased travel expenses.
 
We expect sales and marketing expenses to decline over the next few quarters in absolute terms as we assess the changing macroeconomic environment.


42


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses
 
General and administrative expenses for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 are summarized in the following table (in thousands, except percentages):
 
                                                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     Change     % Change     2007     Change     % Change     2006  
 
General and administrative
  $ 126,625     $ 45,921       56.9 %   $ 80,704     $ 38,131       89.6 %   $ 42,573  
Percentage of net revenues
    13.7 %                     8.9 %                     7.3 %
 
General and administrative expenses increased $45.9 million or 56.9% in the year ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended October 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to $41.8 million in costs related to the independent investigation and 2007 quarterly restatement. Additional increases consisted of a $5.4 million increase in professional services fees primarily due to higher audit and litigation fees, a $5.8 million increase in personnel costs to address restatement activities and the remediation of control weaknesses, a $2.4 million increase in restructuring costs and a $2.0 million expense for potential settlement of ongoing litigation. Furthermore, we incurred a $2.7 million increase in travel expenses and a $2.8 million increase in depreciation and maintenance costs primarily as a result of the November 2007 Oracle implementation. These increases were partially offset by the non-recurrence of $10.2 million of integration expenses incurred during the fiscal year 2007 relating to the acquisition of Lipman and restructuring charges in VeriFone entities, a $5.7 million decrease in stock-based compensation, and a $2.4 million decrease in bad debt expenses due to a more favorable collections experience.
 
General and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 increased $38.1 million or 89.6% compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006, due to the acquisitions of Lipman and PayWare and included $10.2 million of integration expenses relating to the acquisition of Lipman and restructuring charges in VeriFone entities, $9.0 million of increased stock-based compensation, $8.4 million of increased personnel costs, $2.7 million of increased outside contracted services, $2.0 million of increased bad debt expense, $1.0 million of increased legal expenses, and $0.9 million of increased insurance expenses.
 
We expect general and administrative expenses, excluding costs related to the independent investigation and 2007 quarterly restatement, to be relatively flat over the next few quarters as we assess the changing macroeconomic environment.
 
Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets
 
Amortization of purchased intangible assets increased $4.5 million to $26.0 million for the year ended October 31, 2008 compared with $21.6 million in fiscal year 2007 primarily due to the fluctuation of foreign currency exchange rates.
 
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, amortization of purchased intangible assets increased $16.9 million compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 primarily due to additional purchased intangible assets relating to the acquisition of Lipman, which was completed on November 1, 2006.
 
In-Process Research and Development (IPR&D)
 
We recognized IPR&D expense of $6.8 million during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 in connection with our Lipman acquisition. The products considered to be IPR&D were in our consumer-activated and countertop communication modules which have subsequently reached technological feasibility.
 
Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
We performed our annual impairment test of goodwill as of August 1, 2008 in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets which did not result in an impairment of goodwill. However, in October 2008, in light of our disappointing fourth quarter operating results due to severe macroeconomic conditions caused by the illiquidity of the credit markets, difficulties in banking and financial services sectors, falling consumer confidence and rising unemployment rates, our projected future cash flow declined significantly. We decided that this was an indicator of possible impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets as defined under SFAS No. 142 and


43


Table of Contents

SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, triggering the necessity of impairment tests as of October 15, 2008.
 
As a result of the goodwill impairment test, we concluded that the carrying amount of our goodwill in the EMEA reporting unit exceeded its implied fair value and recorded an impairment charge of $262.5 million in our Corporate segment during the year ended October 31, 2008. We determined the fair value of the EMEA reporting unit using the income approach, which requires estimates of future operating results and discounted cash flows. Our estimates resulted from an updated long-term financial outlook developed as part of our annual strategic planning cycle.
 
As a result of the long-lived assets impairment test, we recorded a $26.6 million impairment charge in our Corporate segment related to the write-down to fair value of the net carrying value of the developed and core technology intangible assets in the International segment due to lower revenue expectations in light of current operating performance and future operating expectations. We determined the recoverability of these assets under SFAS No. 144 based on their undiscounted estimated future net cash flows and the impairment charge based on fair value using discounted cash flows.
 
We will continue to evaluate the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets and if we determine in the future that there is a potential impairment in any of our reporting units, we may be required to record additional significant charges to earnings which would adversely affect our financial results and could also materially adversely affect our business.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense decreased $8.2 million in the year ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended October 31, 2007 mostly attributable to the lower effective interest rate in fiscal year 2008. In June 2007, we repaid an aggregate of $263.8 million of our Term B Loan which had an interest rate of 7.11% with a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Convertible Notes which bear interest at a rate of 1.375% subject to adjustments as described in Note 6. “Financing” of our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, interest expense increased $23.0 million compared to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 primarily attributable to the increase in principal amount of debt outstanding due to the completion of our acquisition of Lipman, partially offset by the lower average interest rates paid following issuance of our convertible debt.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement). FSP APB14-1 will require us to account separately for the liability and equity components of our convertible debt. The debt would be recognized at the present value of its cash flows discounted using our nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at the time of issuance. The equity component would be recognized as the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the note and the fair value of the liability. The FSP also requires accretion of the resultant debt discount over the expected life of the debt. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. Entities are required to apply the FSP retrospectively for all periods presented. We are currently evaluating FSP APB 14-1 and have not yet determined the impact its adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements. However, the impact of this new accounting treatment may be significant and may result in a significant increase to non-cash interest expense beginning in fiscal year 2010 for financial statements covering past and future periods.
 
Interest Income
 
Interest income decreased $0.7 million in the year ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended October 31, 2007. This decrease was attributable to the impact of lower effective interest rates during fiscal year 2008 compared to fiscal year 2007.
 
Interest income increased $3.3 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. The increase was attributable to higher cash balances for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 relative to the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006.


44


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), net
 
Other income (expense), net increased $5.3 million in the year ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended October 31, 2007 predominately resulting from a $9.0 million increase in foreign currency exchange loss and a $2.2 million impairment of equity investment primarily as a result of the investee being insolvent which were partially offset by the non-recurrence of a $4.8 million write-off of debt issuance expense as a result of the extinguishment of debt in the year ended October 31, 2007.
 
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, other income (expense), net was $7.9 million resulting primarily from the write-off of debt issuance costs of $4.8 million related to the accelerated pay-down of the Term B loan facility, and $2.3 million resulting from the net effects of currency conversion transactions, currency translation, and settlements of currency derivative transactions.
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
We recorded a provision for income taxes of $73.9 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 compared to a provision for income taxes of $24.7 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. The increase in the provision for income taxes is primarily attributable to increases in tax expense of $62.3 million associated with recording a full valuation allowance against all beginning of the year balances for U.S. deferred tax assets.
 
We recorded a provision for income taxes of $24.7 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 compared to a provision for income taxes of $32.2 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. The decrease in the provision for income taxes is primarily attributable to a decrease in global pre-tax income and changes in the jurisdictional mix of income, partially offset by an increase in valuation allowance during the year.
 
As of October 31, 2008, we have recorded deferred tax assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets after recording a valuation allowance against all U.S. deferred tax assets and certain foreign jurisdictions where realizability is uncertain. The realization of the deferred tax assets not subject to a valuation allowance is dependent on our generating sufficient taxable income in the jurisdictions where they reside. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable may increase or decrease in subsequent quarters when we reevaluate the underlying basis for our estimates of future domestic and certain foreign taxable income.
 
We are currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for our fiscal years 2003 and 2004. Although we believe we have correctly provided income taxes for the years subject to audit, the IRS may adopt different interpretations. We have not yet received any final determinations with respect to this audit although certain adjustments have been agreed with the IRS. The liability associated with the agreed adjustments had been accrued in previous periods. Subsidiaries of the company are also under audit by the Israeli tax authorities for 2004 to 2006 and the Brazilian federal government for the periods between January 31, 2003 through the current date. With few exceptions, we are no longer subjected to tax examination outside of the U.S. for periods prior to 2000.
 
Segment Information
 
We operate in two business segments: North America and International. We define North America as the United States and Canada, and International as the other countries from which we derive revenues.
 
Net revenues and operating income (loss) of each business segment reflect net revenues generated within the segment, supply chain standard inventory cost of System Solutions net revenues, actual cost of Services net revenues, and expenses that directly benefit only that segment, including distribution center costs, royalty and warranty expense. Corporate net revenues and operating income (loss) reflect non-cash acquisition charges, including amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets, step-up of inventory and step-down in deferred revenue, impairment and other Corporate charges, including inventory obsolescence and scrap at corporate distribution centers, rework, specific warranty provisions, non-standard freight and over-and-under absorption of materials management overhead.


45


Table of Contents

In fiscal year 2008, we revised the methodology for business segment gross margin reporting. Distribution center costs and certain warranty and royalty costs, which were previously allocated to the Corporate segment, were reallocated based on ship-to locations. The following table reconciles net revenues and operating income (loss) for our segments for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):
 
                                                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     Change     % Change     2007     Change     % Change     2006  
 
Net revenues:
                                                       
North America
  $ 359,136     $ (41,297 )     (10.3 )%   $ 400,433     $ 66,760       20.0 %   $ 333,673  
International
    564,459       58,264       11.5 %     506,195       257,812       103.8 %     248,383  
Corporate
    (1,664 )     2,072       (55.5 )%     (3,736 )     (2,750 )     278.9 %     (986 )
                                                         
Total net revenues
  $ 921,931     $ 19,039       2.1 %   $ 902,892     $ 321,822       55.4 %   $ 581,070  
                                                         
Operating income (loss):
                                                       
North America
  $ 118,516     $ (28,738 )     (19.5 )%   $ 147,254     $ 20,274       16.0 %   $ 126,980  
International
    107,283       (14,262 )     (11.7 )%     121,545       58,201       91.9 %     63,344  
Corporate
    (541,624 )     (301,305 )     125.4 %     (240,319 )     (158,304 )     193.0 %     (82,015 )
                                                         
Total operating income (loss)
  $ (315,825 )   $ (344,305 )     (1,208.9 )%   $ 28,480     $ (79,829 )     (73.7 )%   $ 108,309  
                                                         
 
Net revenues increased $58.3 million in International for the year ended October 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended October 31, 2007 primarily driven by a $56.3 million increase in System Solutions net revenues. See “Results of Operations — Net Revenues.”
 
Net revenues decreased $41.3 million in North America for the year ended October 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended October 31, 2007 primarily driven by a decrease in System Solutions. See “Results of Operations — Net Revenues.”
 
The decrease in International operating income for the year ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended October 31, 2007 was mainly due to lower gross profit percentage and higher operating expenses. See “Results of Operations — Gross Profit.”
 
The decrease in operating income for North America for the year ended October 31, 2008 compared to the year ended October 31, 2007 was mainly due to lower revenues and lower gross profit percentage, partially offset by lower operating expenses. See “Results of Operations — Gross Profit.”
 
The increase in Corporate operating loss for the year ended October 31, 2008 was primarily due to a $289.1 million impairment charge for goodwill and developed and core technology intangible assets due to lower revenue expectations in light of current operating performance and future operating expectations, $41.8 million in costs related to the independent investigation and restatement, $11.0 million in restructuring costs and a $11.3 million increase in personnel expense largely attributable to restatement and remediation activities and the impact of unfavorable exchange rates. These increases were partially offset by the non-recurrence of $20.6 million of amortization of step-up in inventory and IPR&D write-off, the non-recurrence of $11.1 million of integration expenses relating to the acquisition of Lipman and restructuring charges, and a $11.0 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense. Additionally, corporate supply chain costs decreased $14.4 million primarily due to lower write-offs of inventory, less scrap and a decrease in the accrual of liabilities to purchase excess components from contract manufacturers compared to fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 when a larger amount was written-off due to non-PCI compliant inventory and components.
 
Net revenues growth in International for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 as compared to the prior year was primarily driven by an increase of approximately $213.1 million in System Solutions and $44.8 million in Services net revenues following the Lipman acquisition. See “Results of Operations — Net Revenues” for additional commentary.


46


Table of Contents

Net revenues growth in North America for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 as compared to the prior year was primarily driven by an increase of approximately $61.5 million in System Solutions and $5.2 million in Services net revenues following the Lipman acquisition. See “Results of Operations — Net Revenues” for additional commentary.
 
The increase in International operating income for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 compared to the prior year was due to higher revenue as a result of both the acquisition of Lipman and organic growth, partially offset by a declining gross profit percentage and higher operating expenses. See “Results of Operations — Gross Profit” for additional commentary.
 
The increase in operating income for North America for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 was due to higher revenue, and gross profit, partially offset by a declining gross profit percentage. See “Results of Operations — Gross Profit” for additional commentary. In addition, North America research and development expenses for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 included $8.5 million for projects which have since been broadened in scope and will benefit customers outside the North America segment. As a result, the expenses for these projects for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 are charged to Corporate.
 
The decrease in Corporate operating income for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 was primarily due to a $65.7 million increase in amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets, purchased intangible assets, step-up in inventory on acquisition and step-down in deferred revenue on acquisition, a $22.9 million increase in stock-based compensation and a $11.1 million increase in charges related to write-offs of inventory, scrap, and accrual of liabilities to purchase excess components from contract manufacturers for non-PCI compliant inventory and a $6.8 million write-off of in-process research and development. Furthermore, Corporate operating expenses increased $36.9 million primarily due to the acquisitions of Lipman and PayWare and the related integration expenses.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net cash provided by (used in)
                       
Operating activities
  $ (8,628 )   $ 89,270     $ 16,747  
Investing activities
    (37,804 )     (311,696 )     (4,025 )
Financing activities
    (2,245 )     349,920       7,834  
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash
    (9,164 )     943       943  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ (57,841 )   $ 128,437     $ 21,499  
                         
 
Our primary liquidity and capital resource needs are to service our debt, finance working capital, and to make capital expenditures and investments. At October 31, 2008, our primary sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of $157.2 million and $25.0 million in available balance on our revolving credit facility.
 
Operating Activities
 
Cash flows used in operating activities were $8.6 million for the year ended October 31, 2008.
 
Cash used in operations before changes in working capital amounted to $36.7 million for the year ended October 31, 2008 and consisted of a $425.3 million net loss adjusted for $388.6 million of non-cash items such as impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, impairment of equity investments, amortization of purchased intangible assets, stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization of property, plant, and equipment, amortization of debt issuance costs and loss on write-off of capitalized software.


47


Table of Contents

Changes in working capital resulted in a $28.0 million increase in cash and cash equivalents during the year ended October 31, 2008. The main drivers were as follows:
 
  •  A $58.4 million decrease in deferred tax balances due to increases in the deferred tax assets valuation allowance;
 
  •  A $24.6 million decrease in accounts receivable due to improved collections;
 
  •  A $6.7 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses due to the timing of payments to our vendors;
 
  •  A $5.3 million decrease in prepaid expense and other current assets mainly due to a reduction in income taxes receivable; and
 
  •  A $5.2 million increase in deferred revenue due mainly to the deferral of revenue for certain transactions because all revenue recognition criteria have not been met.
 
Offset by:
 
  •  A $60.6 million increase in inventories reflecting lower than expected System Solutions revenues, a strategic decision to increase inventory for certain products to ensure adequate quantity on hand, and an increase in inventory of MX Multi-lane Retail products based on sales projections; and
 
  •  A $8.5 million increase in other assets primarily due to the deferral of costs of goods for inventory delivered to customers for which net revenues and associated cost of net revenues is recognized over the customer’s contract term partially offset by a $2.2 million decrease in equity investment resulting from the investee being insolvent.
 
Cash flows from operations before changes in working capital amounted to $76.7 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. A net loss of $34.0 million was offset by non-cash charges of $110.8 million, consisting primarily of acquisition-related charges of $66.2 million; stock-based compensation expense of $28.9 million; depreciation and amortization related to property, plant, and equipment, capitalized software, and debt issuance costs totaling $10.7 million; and the non-cash portion of the loss on debt extinguishment totaling $4.8 million.
 
Cash flows from operations due to changes in working capital netted to $12.5 million during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007 primarily driven by a $45.1 million reduction in inventory due to the initial stocking of inventory for new product release at the beginning of the year, a $28.1 million increase in accounts payable due to the timing of inventory and services purchases, a $14.5 million increase in deferred revenue and a $18.1 million increase in tax-related balances, partially offset by a $39.5 million increase in accounts receivable due to higher sales orders being received towards the end of our fiscal year and a $41.5 million increase in prepaid and other current assets.
 
Investing Activities
 
Cash used in investing activities was $37.8 million in the year ended October 31, 2008, and primarily consisted of $17.6 million in purchases of property, plant and equipment, $15.8 million used in business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, and $4.5 million capitalization of software development costs.
 
Investing activities used cash of $311.7 million during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. The acquisition of Lipman used cash of $263.6 million, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired. We also acquired a majority interest in VeriFone Transportation Systems (“VTS”) for cash of $4.1 million, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired. In addition, we made equity investments in two companies totaling $5.7 million. Purchases of property, plant, and equipment totaled $30.2 million, including an increase in construction in progress of $17.6 million primarily related to our migration to a new enterprise resource planning information system, which replaced our existing system. In addition, the capitalization of software development costs was $7.7 million.
 
Financing Activities
 
The $2.2 million of cash used in financing activities in the year ended October 31, 2008 primarily consisted of $8.2 million repayment of debt and a $1.6 million debt amendment fee which were partially offset by $3.0 million of


48


Table of Contents

receipts from the exercise of stock options, $3.4 million proceeds from debt and $1.2 million from the tax benefit derived from stock-based compensation.
 
Financing activities provided cash of $349.9 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. In November 2006, we drew $305.3 million, net of costs, on our Term B loan to fund our acquisition of Lipman. In June 2007, we issued 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes (the “Senior Notes”) for net proceeds of $307.9 million. We used $260.0 million of the proceeds from the Senior Notes to pay down our Term B loan in addition to other payments totaling $3.8 million against our Term B loan and other debt. In other transactions related to the Senior Notes, we used $80.2 million to purchase a hedge on the Senior Notes and received $31.2 million from the sale of warrants. We received additional proceeds of $37.1 million from the exercise of stock options and $11.5 million from the tax benefit derived from stock-based compensation.
 
Our future capital requirements may vary significantly from prior periods as well as from those currently planned. These requirements will depend on a number of factors, including operating factors such as our terms and payment experience with customers and investments we may make in product or market development such as our current investments in expanding our International operations. Finally, our capital needs may be significantly affected by any acquisition we may make in the future. Based upon our current level of operations, we believe that we have the financial resources to meet our business requirements for the next year, including capital expenditures, working capital requirements, and future strategic investments, and to comply with our financial covenants.
 
Secured Credit Facility
 
On October 31, 2006, our principal subsidiary, VeriFone, Inc. (the “Borrower”), entered into a credit agreement consisting of a Term B Loan facility of $500 million and a revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $40 million. The proceeds from the Term B loan were used to repay all outstanding amounts relating to the previous credit facility, pay certain transaction costs and partially fund the cash consideration in connection with the acquisition of Lipman on November 1, 2006. Through October 31, 2008, we had repaid an aggregate of $268.8 million, leaving a Term B Loan balance of $231.2 million at October 31, 2008. The Credit Facility is guaranteed by VeriFone and certain of our subsidiaries and is secured by collateral including substantially all of our assets and stock of our subsidiaries.
 
During fiscal year 2008 we entered into three consecutive amendments to the Credit Facility with our lenders. The amendments extended the time periods for delivery of certain required financial information for the three-month periods ended January 31, April 30 and July 31, 2007, the year ended October 31, 2007 and the three-month periods ended January 31, 2008 and April 30, 2008. In connection with the three amendments, we paid a total fee of $1.6 million and agreed to certain increases in the interest rates and fees.
 
We pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving loan under our Credit Facility at a rate that varies depending upon our consolidated total leverage ratio. We were paying a commitment fee at a rate of 0.425% per annum as of October 31, 2008 and 0.300% per annum as of October 31, 2007. We also pay a letter of credit fee on the unused portion of any letter of credit issued under the Credit Facility at a rate that varies depending upon our consolidated total leverage ratio. At October 31, 2008 and October 31, 2007, we were subject to a letter of credit fee at a rate of 2.00% and 1.25% per annum, respectively.
 
The maturity dates on the components of the Credit Facility are October 31, 2012 for the revolving loan and October 31, 2013 for the Term B Loan. Principal payments on the Term B Loan are due in equal quarterly installments of $1.2 million over the seven-year term on the last business day of each calendar quarter with the balance due on maturity.
 
At our option, the Term B loan and the revolving loan can be “Base Rate” or “Eurodollar Rate” loans. Base Rate loans bear interest at a per annum rate equal to a margin over the greater of the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or the JP Morgan prime rate. For the Base Rate Term B loan, the margin was 1.75% as of October 31, 2008 and 0.75% as of October 31, 2007. For the Base Rate revolving loan, the margin varies depending upon our consolidated leverage ratio and was 1.00% and 0.25% as of October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
At our option, Eurodollar Rate loans bear interest at a margin over the one-, two-, three-, or six-month LIBOR rate. The margin for the Eurodollar Rate Term B loan was 2.75% as of October 31, 2008 and 1.75% as of


49


Table of Contents

October 31, 2007. The margin for the Eurodollar Rate revolving loan varies depending upon our consolidated leverage ratio and was 2.00% and 1.25% as of October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
As of October 31, 2008, the Term B loan bears interest at 2.75% over the one-month LIBOR rate of 3.12% for a total of 5.87%. As of October 31, 2007, the Term B loan bore interest at a rate of 1.75% over the three-month LIBOR rate of 5.36%, for a total of 7.11%. As of October 31, 2008 and 2007, no amounts were outstanding under the revolving loan.
 
Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (“Lehman CP”), a lender in the revolving loan, declared bankruptcy in October 2008. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, we declared Lehman CP a defaulting lender and removed Lehman CP as a lender in the revolving loan. As a result, as of October 31, 2008, only $25 million was available to us under the revolving loan.
 
The terms of the Credit Facility require us to comply with financial covenants, including maintaining leverage and fixed charge coverage ratios at the end of each fiscal quarter, obtaining protection against fluctuation in interest rates, and meeting limits on annual capital expenditure levels. As of October 31, 2008, we were required to maintain a total leverage ratio of not greater than 3.5 to 1.0 and a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0. Total leverage ratio is equal to total debt less cash as of the end of a reporting fiscal quarter divided by consolidated EBITDA, as adjusted, for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters. Some of the financial covenants become more restrictive over the term of the Credit Facility. Noncompliance with any of the financial covenants without cure or waiver would constitute an event of default under the Credit Facility. An event of default resulting from a breach of a financial covenant may result, at the option of lenders holding a majority of the loans, in an acceleration of repayment of the principal and interest outstanding and a termination of the revolving loan. The Credit Facility also contains non-financial covenants that restrict some of our activities, including our ability to dispose of assets, incur additional debt, pay dividends, create liens, make investments, make capital expenditures, and engage in specified transactions with affiliates. The terms of the Credit Facility permit prepayments of principal and require prepayments of principal upon the occurrence of certain events including among others, the receipt of proceeds from the sale of assets, the receipt of excess cash flow as defined, and the receipt of proceeds of certain debt issues. The Credit Facility also contains customary events of default, including defaults based on events of bankruptcy and insolvency; nonpayment of principal, interest, or fees when due, subject to specified grace periods; breach of specified covenants; change in control; and material inaccuracy of representations and warranties. In addition, if our leverage exceeds a certain level set out in our Credit Facility, a portion of our excess cash flows must be used to pay down our outstanding debt. We were in compliance with our financial and non-financial covenants as of October 31, 2008.
 
1.375% Senior Convertible Notes
 
On June 22, 2007, we sold $316.2 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”) in an offering through Lehman Brothers Inc. and JP Morgan Securities Inc. (together, “initial purchasers”) to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Section 4(2) and Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting transaction costs, were approximately $307.9 million. We incurred approximately $8.3 million of debt issuance costs. The transaction costs, consisting of the initial purchasers’ discounts and offering expenses, were primarily recorded in debt issuance costs, net and are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over five years. We will pay 1.375% interest per annum on the principal amount of the Notes, payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on June 15 and December 15 of each year and subject to increase in certain circumstances as described below. The interest rate on the Notes increased an additional 0.25% per annum during the period from May 1, 2008 to August 19, 2008 due to the delay in filing our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2007.
 
The Notes were issued under an Indenture with U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Each $1,000 of principal of the Notes will initially be convertible into 22.719 shares of VeriFone common stock, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $44.02 per share, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events. Holders of the Notes may convert their Notes prior to maturity during specified periods as follows: (1) on any date during any fiscal quarter beginning after October 31, 2007 (and only during such fiscal quarter) if the closing sale price of our common stock was more than 130% of the then current conversion price for at least


50


Table of Contents

20 trading days in the period of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the previous fiscal quarter; (2) at any time on or after March 15, 2012; (3) if we distribute, to all holders of our common stock, rights or warrants (other than pursuant to a rights plan) entitling them to purchase, for a period of 45 calendar days or less, shares of our common stock at a price less than the average closing sale price for the ten trading days preceding the declaration date for such distribution; (4) if we distribute, to all holders of our common stock, cash or other assets, debt securities, or rights to purchase our securities (other than pursuant to a rights plan), which distribution has a per share value exceeding 10% of the closing sale price of our common stock on the trading day preceding the declaration date for such distribution; (5) during a specified period if certain types of fundamental changes occur; or (6) during the five business-day period following any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price for the Notes was less than 98% of the average of the closing sale price of our common stock for each day during such five trading-day period multiplied by the then current conversion rate. Upon conversion, we would pay the holder the cash value of the applicable number of shares of our common stock, up to the principal amount of the note. Amounts in excess of the principal amount, if any, will be paid in stock. Because we did not increase our authorized capital to permit conversion of all of the Notes at the initial conversion rate by June 21, 2008, the Notes began to bear additional interest on that date at a rate of 2.0% per annum (in addition to the additional interest described above) on the principal amount of the Notes until October 8, 2008 when our stockholders approved an increase of 100,000,000 shares to our authorized share capital.
 
As of October 31, 2008, none of the conditions allowing holders of the Notes to convert had been met. If a fundamental change, as defined in the Indenture, occurs prior to the maturity date, holders of the Notes may require us to repurchase all or a portion of their Notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) to, but excluding, the repurchase date.
 
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the related collateral and structurally subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries including any secured indebtedness of such subsidiaries.
 
In connection with the sale of the Notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of June 22, 2007, with the initial purchasers of the Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to use reasonable best efforts to file a shelf registration statement regarding the Notes within 180 days after the original issuance of the Notes and cause the shelf statement to be effective until the earliest of (i) the date when the holders of transfer restricted Notes and shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Notes are able to sell all such securities immediately without restriction under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (ii) the date when all transfer-restricted Notes and shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Notes are registered under the registration statement and sold pursuant thereto and (iii) the date when all transfer-restricted Notes and shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Notes have ceased to be outstanding. Due to the delay in the filing of our 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K, we were not able to register the Notes and the shares underlying the Notes until December 11, 2008. Accordingly, the interest rate on the Notes increased by 0.25% per annum on December 20, 2007 and by an additional 0.25% per annum on March 19, 2008 relating to our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. Such additional interest ceased to accrue on December 10, 2008, the day prior to the date the registration statement covering the Notes became effective. We incurred $1.3 million in interest expense related to the registration default of which $0.7 million remained accrued as of October 31, 2008.
 
In connection with the offering of the Notes, we entered into note hedge transactions with affiliates of the initial purchasers (the “counterparties”), consisting of Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives (“Lehman Derivatives”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch, whereby we have the option to purchase up to 7.2 million shares of its common stock at a price of approximately $44.02 per share. The note hedge transactions expire the earlier of the last day of which any Notes remain outstanding and June 14, 2012. The cost of the note hedge transactions was approximately $80.2 million. The note hedge transactions are intended to mitigate the potential dilution upon conversion of the Notes in the event that the volume weighted average price of the our common stock on each trading day of the relevant conversion period or other relevant valuation period is greater than the applicable strike price of the convertible note hedge transactions, which initially corresponds to the


51


Table of Contents

conversion price of the Notes and is subject, with certain exceptions, to the adjustments applicable to the conversion price of the Notes. The note hedge transaction with Lehman Derivatives, which benefited from a guarantee by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Lehman Brothers”), covers 50% of the shares of our common stock potentially issuable upon conversion of the Notes. The filing by Lehman Brothers of a voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in September 2008 constituted an “event of default” under the note hedge transaction with Lehman Derivatives, giving us the immediate right to terminate the transaction and entitling us to claim reimbursement for the loss incurred in terminating and closing out the transaction. On September 21, 2008, we delivered a notice of termination to Lehman Derivatives and claimed reimbursement for the loss incurred in termination and close-out of the transaction.
 
In addition, we sold warrants to the counterparties whereby they have the option to purchase up to approximately 7.2 million shares of our common stock at a price of $62.356 per share. We received approximately $31.2 million in cash proceeds from the sale of these warrants. The warrants expire progressively from December 19, 2013 to February 3, 2014. If the volume weighted average price of our common stock on each trading day of the measurement period at maturity of the warrants exceeds the applicable strike price of the warrants, there would be dilution to the extent that such volume weighted average price of our common stock exceeds the applicable strike price of the warrants.
 
The cost incurred in connection with the note hedge transactions, net of the related tax benefit and the proceeds from the sale of the warrants, is included as a net reduction in additional paid-in capital in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2007, in accordance with the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share, the Notes will have no impact on diluted earnings per share, or EPS, until the price of our common stock exceeds the conversion price of $44.02 per share because the principal amount of the Notes will be settled in cash upon conversion. Prior to conversion, we will include the effect of the additional shares that may be issued if our common stock price exceeds $44.02 per share, using the treasury stock method. If the price of our common stock exceeds $62.356 per share, it will also include the effect of the additional potential shares that may be issued related to the warrants, using the treasury stock method. Prior to conversion, the note hedge transactions are not considered for purposes of the EPS calculation as their effect would be anti-dilutive.
 
Contractual Commitments
 
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of October 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Less Than
    1-3
    3-5
    More Than
 
    Total     1 Year     Years     Years     5 Years  
 
Term B loan (including interest)(1)
  $ 296,439     $ 18,626     $ 36,359     $ 241,454     $  
1.375% Senior convertible notes (including interest)(1)
    336,403       7,108       8,697       320,598        
Other long-term debt (including interest)(1)
    912       58       854              
Operating leases
    55,250       12,966       20,666       14,008       7,610  
Minimum purchase obligations
    48,519       48,519                    
                                         
    $ 737,523     $ 87,277     $ 66,576     $ 576,060     $ 7,610  
                                         
 
 
(1) Interest in the above table has been calculated using the rate in effect at October 31, 2008.
 
FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”) Liabilities
 
As of October 31, 2008, the amount of our unrecognized tax benefits was $32.2 million, including accrued interest and penalties, of which none is expected to be paid within one year. We are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate as to when cash settlement with a taxing authority may occur.


52


Table of Contents

Manufacturing Agreements
 
We work on a purchase order basis with third-party contract manufacturers and component suppliers with facilities in China, Singapore, Israel, and Brazil to supply our inventories. The total amount of purchase commitments as of October 31, 2008 was approximately $48.5 million, and are generally paid within one year. Of this amount, $3.8 million was expensed during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 because the commitment is expected not to have future value to us.
 
We expect that we will be able to fund our remaining obligation and commitments with cash flows from our operations. To the extent we are unable to fund these obligations and commitments with cash flows from operations, we intend to fund these obligations and commitments with proceeds from the $25.0 million available under our revolving loan under our secured credit facility or future debt or equity financings.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Our only off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K, consist of interest rate cap agreements and forward foreign currency exchange agreements described under “Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” below.
 
Effects of Inflation
 
Our monetary assets, consisting primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and receivables, are not affected by inflation because they are short-term and in the case of cash are immaterial. Our non-monetary assets, consisting primarily of inventory, intangible assets, goodwill, and prepaid expenses and other assets, are not affected significantly by inflation. We believe that replacement costs of equipment, furniture, and leasehold improvements will not materially affect our operations. However, the rate of inflation affects our cost of goods sold and expenses, such as those for employee compensation, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of system solutions and services offered by us.
 
Critical Accounting Estimates
 
General
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
 
An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact our consolidated financial statements. We believe the following critical accounting policies include our more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1. “Principles of Consolidation and Significant Accounting Policies” to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Net revenues from System Solutions are recognized upon shipment, delivery, or customer acceptance of the product as required pursuant to the customer arrangement. Net revenues from services such as customer support are initially deferred and then recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. Net revenues from services such as installations, equipment repairs, refurbishment arrangements, training, and consulting are recognized as the services are rendered. For arrangements with multiple elements, we allocate net revenues to each element using the residual method based on objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered


53


Table of Contents

element. We defer the portion of the arrangement fee equal to the objective evidence of fair value of the undelivered elements until they are delivered.
 
While the majority of our sales transactions contain standard business terms and conditions, there are some transactions that contain non-standard business terms and conditions. As a result, significant contract interpretation is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting including: (1) whether an arrangement exists and what is included in the arrangement; (2) how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the deliverables if there are multiple deliverables; (3) when to recognize net revenues on the deliverables; (4) whether undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of delivered elements; and (5) whether we have fair value for the undelivered elements. In addition, our revenue recognition policy requires an assessment as to whether collection is probable, which inherently requires us to evaluate the creditworthiness of our customers. Changes in judgments on these assumptions and estimates could materially impact the timing of revenue recognition.
 
To a limited extent, we also enter into software development contracts with our customers that we recognize as net revenues on a completed contract basis. As a result, estimates of whether the contract is going to be profitable are necessary since we are required to record a provision for such loss in the period when the loss is first identified.
 
Inventory Valuation
 
The valuation of inventories requires us to determine obsolete or excess inventory and inventory that is not of saleable quality. The determination of obsolete or excess inventories requires us to estimate the future demand for our products within specific time horizons, generally twelve to eighteen months. If our demand forecast for specific products is greater than actual demand and we fail to reduce manufacturing output accordingly, we could be required to record additional inventories write-offs, which would have a negative impact on our gross profit percentage.
 
We review the adequacy of our inventories valuation on a quarterly basis. For production inventory, our methodology involves matching our on-hand and on-order inventories with our sales estimate over the next twelve to eighteen months. We then evaluate the inventory found to be in excess of the twelve-month demand estimate and take appropriate write-downs to reflect the risk of obsolescence. On-hand and on-order inventory in excess of eighteen month requirements are generally written-off. This methodology is significantly affected by our sales estimates. If actual demand were to be substantially lower than estimated, additional inventory write-downs for excess or obsolete inventories may be required.
 
Warranty Costs
 
We accrue for estimated warranty obligations when revenue is recognized based on an estimate of future warranty costs for delivered product. Our warranty obligation extends from 13 months to five years from the date of shipment. We estimate such obligations based on historical experience and expectations of future costs. Our estimates and judgments are affected by actual product failure rates and actual costs to repair. These estimates and judgments are more subjective for new product introductions as these estimates and judgments are based on similar products versus actual history.
 
Product Returns Reserve and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Product return reserve is an estimate of future product returns related to current period net revenues based upon historical experience. Material differences may result in the amount and timing of our net revenues for any period. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to pay their invoices to us in full. We regularly review the adequacy of our accounts receivable allowance after considering the size of the accounts receivable balance, each customer’s expected ability to pay, aging of accounts receivable balances, and our collection history with each customer. We make estimates and judgments about the inability of customers to pay the amount they owe us which could change significantly if their financial condition changes or the economy in general deteriorates.


54


Table of Contents

Goodwill
 
We review goodwill annually for impairment unless certain events or indicators of impairment occur between the annual tests, in which case we then perform the impairment test of goodwill at that date. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, we: (1) allocate goodwill to our various reporting units to which the acquired goodwill relates; (2) estimate the fair value of our reporting units; and (3) determine the carrying value (book value) of those reporting units, as some of the assets and liabilities related to those reporting units are not held by those reporting units but by corporate headquarters. Furthermore, if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we must estimate the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities of that reporting unit, in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This can require valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as in-process research and development and developed technology. Only after this process is completed can the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, be determined.
 
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective and requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. In estimating the fair value of a reporting unit for the purposes of our annual or periodic analyses, we make estimates and judgments about the future cash flows of that reporting unit. Although our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses, there is significant exercise of judgment involved in determining the cash flows attributable to a reporting unit over its estimated remaining useful life. In addition, we make certain judgments about allocating shared assets to the estimated balance sheets of our reporting units. We also consider our and our competitor’s market capitalization on the date we perform the analysis. Changes in judgment on these assumptions and estimates could result in a goodwill impairment charge.
 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we recorded a charge of $262.5 million due to impairment in goodwill.
 
Long-lived Assets
 
We review our long-lived assets including property and equipment, capitalized software development costs, and identifiable intangible assets for indicators of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Determining if such events or changes in circumstances have occurred is subjective and judgmental. Should we determine such events have occurred, we then determine whether such assets are recoverable based on estimated future undiscounted net cash flows and fair value. If future undiscounted net cash flows and fair value are less than the carrying value of such asset, we write down that asset to its fair value.
 
We make estimates and judgments about future undiscounted cash flows and fair value. Although our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans, there is significant exercise of judgment involved in determining the cash flows attributable to a long-lived asset over its estimated remaining useful life. Our estimates of anticipated future cash flows could be reduced significantly in the future. As a result, the carrying amount of our long-lived assets could be reduced through impairment charges in the future. Additionally, changes in estimated future cash flows could result in a shortening of estimated useful lives for long-lived assets including intangibles.
 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we recorded an impairment charge of $26.6 million related to developed and core technology intangibles.
 
Contingencies and Litigation
 
We evaluate contingent liabilities including threatened or pending litigation in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies. We assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to a potential claim or legal proceeding, as well as potential ranges of probable losses, when the outcomes of the claims or proceedings are probable and reasonably estimable. A determination of the amount of accrued liabilities required, if any, for these contingencies is made after the analysis of each matter. Because of uncertainties related to these matters, we base our estimates on the information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, we


55


Table of Contents

reassess the potential liability related to pending claims and litigation and may revise our estimates. Any revisions in the estimates of potential liabilities could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
We account for stock-based employee compensation plans under the fair value recognition and measurement provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, and recognize compensation over the requisite service period for awards expected to vest. The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results differ from our estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. In valuing share-based awards, significant judgment is required in determining the expected volatility of our common stock and the expected term individuals will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. Expected volatility of the stock is based on a blend of our peer group in the industry in which we do business and the historical volatility of our own stock. The expected term of options granted is derived from the historical actual term of option grants and an estimate of future exercises during the remaining contractual period of the option. In the future, our expected volatility and expected term may change which could substantially change the grant-date fair value of future awards of stock options and ultimately the expense we record.
 
Business Combinations
 
We are required to allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as IPR&D, based on their estimated fair values. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. The significant purchased intangible assets recorded by us include customer relationship, developed and core technology and trade names.
 
Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements and acquired developed technologies and patents; expected costs to develop IPR&D into commercially viable products and estimating cash flows from projects when completed; brand awareness and market position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the brand will continue to be used in our product portfolio; and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates.
 
Restructuring
 
We monitor and regularly evaluate our organizational structure and associated operating expenses. Depending on events and circumstances, we may decide to take actions to reduce future operating costs as our business requirements evolve. In determining restructuring charges, we analyze our future operating requirements, including the required headcount by business functions and facility space requirements. Our restructuring costs, and any resulting accruals, involve significant estimates using the best information available at the time the estimates are made. These restructuring costs are accounted for under SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities or under SFAS No. 112, Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits. In recording severance reserves, we accrue a liability when all of the following conditions have been met: management, having the authority to approve the action, commits to a plan of termination; the plan identifies the number of employees to be terminated, their job classifications and their locations, and the expected completion date; the plan is communicated such that the terms of the benefit arrangement are explained in sufficient detail to enable employees to determine the type and amount of benefits they will receive if they are involuntarily terminated; and actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn. In recording facilities lease loss reserves, we make various assumptions, including the time period over which the facilities are expected to be vacant, expected sublease terms, expected sublease rates, anticipated future operating expenses, and expected future use of the facilities. Our estimates involve a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control, including future real estate market conditions and our ability to successfully enter into subleases or lease termination agreements with terms as favorable as those assumed when arriving at our estimates. We regularly evaluate a number of factors to determine the appropriateness and reasonableness of our restructuring and lease loss accruals including the various assumptions noted above. If actual


56


Table of Contents

results differ significantly from our estimates, we may be required to adjust our restructuring and lease loss accruals in the future.
 
We also incur costs from our plan to exit certain activities of companies acquired in business combinations. These costs are recognized as a liability on the date of the acquisition under EITF 95-3, Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination, when both of the following conditions are met: management assesses, formulates, and approves a plan to exit the activity; and the exit plan identifies the activities to be disposed, the locations of those activities, the method of disposition, all significant actions needed to complete the plan, and the expected date of completion of the plan.
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets we consider all available positive and negative evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in past fiscal years and our forecast of future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which we have operations.
 
We have placed a valuation allowance on certain U.S. deferred tax assets and our non-U.S. net operating loss carry forwards because realization of these tax benefits through future taxable income cannot be reasonably assured. We intend to maintain the valuation allowances until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances. An increase in the valuation allowance would result in additional expense in such period. We make estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially impacted.
 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we recorded tax expense of $62.3 million associated with the recording of a full valuation allowance against all beginning of the year balances for U.S. deferred tax assets.
 
VeriFone must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits and deductions, and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes, as well as the interest and penalties relating to these uncertain tax positions. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to the Company’s tax provision in a subsequent period.
 
The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws. Our estimate for the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is based on detailed facts and circumstances of each issue. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Income Tax Uncertainties” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 defines the threshold for recognizing the benefits of tax return positions in the financial statements as “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the taxing authority. The recently issued literature also provides guidance on the derecognition, measurement and classification of income tax uncertainties, along with any related interest and penalties. FIN 48 also includes guidance concerning accounting for income tax uncertainties in interim periods and increases the level of disclosures associated with any recorded income tax uncertainties. We adopted FIN 48 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008. See Note 7. “Income Taxes” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this 2008 Form 10-K for further discussion.
 
As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed within the interpretation. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly


57


Table of Contents

basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and is required to be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 and also issued FSP No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, which collectively remove certain leasing transactions from the scope of SFAS No. 157 and partially delay the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for one year for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities. In October 2008, the FASB also issued FSP 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active, which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 in an inactive market and illustrates how an entity would determine fair value when the market for a financial asset is not active. Although we will continue to evaluate the application of SFAS No. 157, we do not currently believe adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. SFAS No. 159 permits entities to elect to measure financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The objective of the guidance is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently, without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years, provided the provisions of SFAS No. 157 are applied. We adopted SFAS No. 159 at the beginning of our fiscal year 2009 on November 1, 2008 and did not make any elections for fair value accounting.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51. SFAS No. 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests (“NCI”) and classified as a component of equity. In conjunction with SFAS No. 141(R), discussed below, SFAS No. 160 will significantly change the accounting for partial and/or step acquisitions. SFAS No. 160 will be effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating SFAS No. 160 and have not yet determined the impact, if any, its adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) changes the accounting for business combinations including the measurement of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a business combination, the recognition of contingent consideration, the accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss contingencies, the recognition of capitalized in-process research and development as an indefinite-lived intangible asset until approved or discontinued rather than as an immediate expense, expensing restructuring costs in connection with an acquisition rather than considering them a liability assumed in the acquisition, the treatment of acquisition-related transaction costs, including the fair value of contingent consideration at the date of an acquisition, the recognition of changes in the acquirer’s income tax valuation allowance, and accounting for partial and/or step acquisitions. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective on a prospective basis for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual period subsequent to December 15, 2008, with the exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Early adoption is not permitted. When SFAS No. 141(R) becomes effective, which, for us, will be in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, any adjustments made to valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies associated with acquisitions that closed prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 141(R) will be recorded through income tax expense, whereas currently the accounting treatment would require any adjustment to be recognized through the purchase price. We are currently evaluating


58


Table of Contents

SFAS No. 141(R) and have not yet determined the impact, if any, its adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement). FSP APB 14-1 requires the issuer of a convertible debt instrument with cash settlement features to account separately for the liability and equity components of the instrument. The debt would be recognized at the present value of its cash flows discounted using an entity specific nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at the time of issuance. The equity component would be recognized as the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the note and the fair value of the liability. The FSP also requires accretion of the resultant debt discount over the expected life of the debt. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. Entities are required to apply the FSP retrospectively for all periods presented. We are currently evaluating FSP APB 14-1 and have not yet determined the impact its adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements. However, the impact of this new accounting treatment will be significant and will result in a significant increase to non-cash interest expense beginning in fiscal year 2010 for financial statements covering past and future periods.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets. FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumption used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142. FSP 142-3 will be effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of FSP 142-3 and have not yet determined the impact, if any, its adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48 which clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognizing, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted FIN 48 as of November 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized a $3.3 million increase in our existing liabilities for uncertain tax positions which has been recorded as a decrease of $1.4 million to the opening balance of retained earnings, an increase of $0.5 million to non-current deferred tax assets and an increase of $1.4 million to goodwill. At November 1, 2007, we also reclassified $17.7 million from current to non-current taxes payable.
 
Selected Quarterly Results of Operations
 
The following selected quarterly data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes and “Item 7— Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This information has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that, in our opinion, reflect all recurring adjustments necessary to fairly present our financial information when read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes. The results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.


59


Table of Contents

Quarterly Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
The table below sets forth selected unaudited financial data for each quarter for the last two fiscal years (in thousands, except for per share amounts):
 
                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
 
Year Ended October 31, 2008
                               
Net revenues:
                               
System Solutions
  $ 155,601     $ 203,711     $ 228,766     $ 219,387  
Services
    29,920       29,290       29,932       25,324  
                                 
Total net revenues
    185,521       233,001       258,698       244,711  
Cost of net revenues:
                               
System Solutions
    109,604       141,906       151,698       152,834  
Services
    18,553       17,743       18,577       17,985  
                                 
Total cost of net revenues
    128,157       159,649       170,275       170,819  
                                 
Gross profit
    57,364       73,352       88,423       73,892  
Operating expenses:
                               
Research and development
    22,462       17,159       17,558       18,443  
Sales and marketing
    24,643       22,762       23,540       20,512  
General and administrative(1)
    26,066       31,254       35,863       33,442  
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets(2)
                      289,119  
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
    5,890       6,782       6,183       7,178  
                                 
Total operating expenses
    79,061       77,957       83,144       368,694  
                                 
Operating income (loss)
    (21,697 )     (4,605 )     5,279       (294,802 )
Interest expense
    (6,440 )     (8,990 )     (6,447 )     (6,536 )
Interest income
    2,088       1,395       1,194       1,304  
Other income (expense), net
    (4,520 )     (1,914 )     194       (6,941 )
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (30,569 )     (14,114 )     220       (306,975 )
Provision for income taxes(3)
    2,929       3,873       7,419       59,663  
                                 
Net loss
  $ (33,498 )   $ (17,987 )   $ (7,199 )   $ (366,638 )
                                 
Basic net loss per share
  $ (0.40 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (4.35 )
                                 
Diluted net loss per share
  $ (0.40 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (4.35 )
                                 
 
 
(1) During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, we incurred non-recurring general and administrative costs related to the independent investigation and 2007 quarterly restatement in the amounts of $6.1 million, $12.1 million, $15.4 million and $8.2 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.
 
(2) In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we recorded impairment charges in the amounts of $262.5 million and $26.6 million related to goodwill and developed and core technology intangible assets, respectively, due to lower revenue expectations in light of current operating performance and future operating expectations.
 
(3) In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we recorded tax expense of $62.3 million associated with the recording of a full valuation allowance against all beginning of the year balances for U.S. deferred tax assets.
 


60


Table of Contents

                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
 
Year Ended October 31, 2007
                               
Net revenues:
                               
System Solutions
  $ 188,966     $ 191,469     $ 205,972     $ 205,882  
Services
    27,397       25,414       25,729       32,063  
                                 
Total net revenues
    216,363       216,883       231,701       237,945  
Cost of net revenues:
                               
System Solutions(1)(4)
    133,291       125,951       132,268       154,485  
Services
    14,449       13,286       13,837       16,093  
                                 
Total cost of net revenues
    147,740       139,237       146,105       170,578  
                                 
Gross profit
    68,623       77,646       85,596       67,367  
Operating expenses:
                               
Research and development
    16,898       16,009       15,365       17,158  
Sales and marketing
    23,040       22,823       23,686       26,746  
General and administrative(2)
    17,376       25,565       19,364       18,399  
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
    5,351       5,690       5,416       5,114  
In-process research and development
    6,560       90             102  
                                 
Total operating expenses
    69,225       70,177       63,831       67,519  
                                 
Operating income (loss)
    (602 )     7,469       21,765       (152 )
Interest expense
    (9,756 )     (9,507 )     (9,468 )     (7,867 )
Interest income
    991       1,534       2,226       1,951  
Other income (expense), net(3)
    (261 )     (2 )     (4,156 )     (3,463 )
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (9,628 )     (506 )     10,367       (9,531 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(5)
    (3,949 )     4,312       52,753       (28,398 )
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (5,679 )   $ (4,818 )   $ (42,386 )   $ 18,867  
                                 
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.07 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.51 )   $ 0.23  
                                 
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.07 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.51 )   $ 0.22  
                                 
 
 
(1) Included amortization of step-up in inventory fair value of $10.3 million and $3.4 million in the first quarter and second quarter of fiscal 2007, respectively.
 
(2) In the second quarter of fiscal 2007, included $5.7 million of consulting and legal integration expenses supporting a review of the operational controls of former Lipman entities, production of documents in response to the U.S. Department of Justice investigation related to the Lipman acquisition and a $1.0 million charge to terminate a distributor agreement where there was a channel conflict between Lipman and VeriFone.
 
(3) In the third quarter of fiscal year 2007, we incurred expenses of $4.8 million related to the write-off of debt issuance costs in connection with the extinguishment of debt.
 
(4) In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, we incurred $5.3 million of excess obsolescence and scrap charges, $3.1 million of charges relating to the commitment to purchase excess components from our contract manufacturers, and $3.2 million for a product specific warranty reserve for an acquired product.
 
(5) The provision for income taxes for the three months ended July 31, 2007 and the three months ended October 31, 2007, are an expense of $52.8 million and a benefit of ($28.4) million, respectively. These amounts are substantially different than tax computed at a statutory rate of 35%. The effective rates differ from the statutory rate due to two principal factors. First, under FIN 18, our quarterly tax provision is determined by applying the estimated annual effective rate to our pretax income for the quarter as adjusted for discrete items. The estimated annual rate for FIN 18 purposes was 340%. This results in a tax expense of $55.0 million and a tax benefit of ($28.7) million before discrete tax adjustments for the three months ended July 31, 2007 and the three months ended October 31, 2007, respectively. We offset these amounts with approximately ($2.2) million of discrete tax benefit and $0.3 million of discrete tax expense items to obtain the tax provision for the three month periods ended July 31, 2007 and October 31, 2007, respectively. Secondly, we recorded a significant increase in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007. The increase in valuation allowance resulted in a significantly larger provision for taxes which has been allocated to the quarterly results under FIN 18.

61


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. To mitigate some of these risks, we utilize derivative financial instruments to hedge these exposures. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. We do not anticipate any material changes in our primary market risk exposures in fiscal year 2009.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
We are exposed to interest rate risk related to our borrowings under the credit agreement we entered into on October 31, 2006. These borrowings generally bear interest upon the three-month LIBOR rate. We have reduced our exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the purchase of interest rate caps covering a portion of our variable rate debt. In fiscal year 2006, we purchased two-year interest rate caps for $118,000 with an initial notional amount of $200 million declining to $150 million after one year with an effective date of November 1, 2006 under which we will receive interest payments if the three-month LIBOR rate exceeds 6.5%. As of October 31, 2008, a 50 basis point increase in interest rates on our borrowings subject to variable interest rate fluctuations would increase our interest expense by approximately $1.2 million annually. We generally invest most of our cash in over-night and short-term instruments, which would earn more interest income if market interest rates rose and less interest income if market interest rates fell.
 
Foreign Currency Transaction Risk
 
A majority of our business consists of sales made to customers outside the United States. A substantial portion of the net revenues we receive from such sales is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Additionally, portions of our cost of net revenues and other operating expenses are incurred by our international operations and denominated in local currencies (“P&L Exposures”). Our balance sheet includes non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities which can be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates (“Balance Sheet Exposures”). Fluctuations in currency exchange rates can adversely affect our P&L Exposures and Balance Sheet Exposures and generate foreign currency transaction gains and losses which are included in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Historically, we have not sought to mitigate the risk of P&L Exposures with hedging activities; however, we have sought to mitigate the risk of Balance Sheet Exposures by entering into foreign currency forward contracts. The objective of these contracts is to neutralize the impact of currency exchange rate movements on our operating results by offsetting gains and losses on the forward contracts with increases or decreases in foreign currency transactions. Forward contracts are included in accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The contracts are marked-to-market on a monthly basis with gains and losses included in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In some instances, we seek to hedge transactions that are expected to become Balance Sheet Exposures in the very short-term, generally within one month. We do not use foreign currency contracts for speculative or trading purposes.
 
Our outstanding forward contracts as of October 31, 2008 are presented in the table below. All forward contracts are representative of the expected payments to be made under these instruments. The fair market value of the contracts represents the difference between the spot currency rate at October 31, 2008 and the contracted rate. All of these forward contracts mature within 95 days of October 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                                 
        Local
              Fair Market
 
        Currency
              Value at
 
        Contract
        Contracted
    October 31,
 
    Currency   Amount     Currency   Amount     2008  
 
Contracts to buy USD
                               
Argentine pesos
  ARS     (6,000 )   USD   $ 1,500     $ (24 )
Australian dollar
  AUD     (5,800 )   USD     3,800       (118 )
Brazilian real
  BRL     (6,300 )   USD     2,906       (71 )
British pound
  GBP     (4,800 )   USD     7,839       (35 )
Canadian dollar
  CAD     (5,300 )   USD     4,286       (70 )
Chinese yuan
  CNY     (86,000 )   USD     12,482       (42 )
Euro
  EUR     (23,100 )   USD     29,813       19  
India rupee
  INR     (200,000 )   USD     3,791       (229 )


62


Table of Contents

                                 
        Local
              Fair Market
 
        Currency
              Value at
 
        Contract
        Contracted
    October 31,
 
    Currency   Amount     Currency   Amount     2008  
 
Mexican peso
  MXN     (13,800 )   USD     1,041       (28 )
Turkish lira
  TRY     (1,600 )   USD     998       (14 )
                                 
                            $ (612 )
Contracts to sell USD
                               
Israeli shekel
  ILS     22,000     USD     (5,853 )   $ 5  
                                 
                            $ (607 )
                                 
 
As of October 31, 2008 our Balance Sheet Exposures amounted to $71.5 million and were offset by forward contracts with a notional amount of $75.5 million. Based on our net exposures as of October 31, 2008, a 10% movement of currency rate would result in a gain or loss of $0.4 million. As of October 31, 2007, we had no foreign currency forward contracts outstanding.
 
Hedging of our Balance Sheet Exposures may not always be effective to protect us against currency exchange rate fluctuations, particularly in the event of imprecise forecasts of non-U.S. denominated assets and liabilities. In addition, at times we have not fully hedged our Balance Sheet Exposures, leaving us at risk to foreign exchange gains and losses on the unhedged amounts. Furthermore, we do not hedge our P&L Exposures. Accordingly, if there was an adverse movement in exchange rates, we might suffer significant losses. For instance, for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we suffered foreign currency losses, net of $11.3 million, $2.3 million, and $0.5 million, respectively, despite our hedging activities.
 
Equity Price Risk
 
In June 2007, we sold $316.2 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”). Holders may convert their Notes prior to maturity upon the occurrence of certain circumstances. Upon conversion, we would pay the holder the cash value of the applicable number of shares of VeriFone common stock, up to the principal amount of the Notes. Amounts in excess of the principal amount, if any may be paid in cash or in stock at our option. Concurrently with the issuance of the Notes, we entered into note hedge transactions and separately, warrant transactions, to reduce the potential dilution from the conversion of the Notes and to mitigate any negative effect such conversion may have on the price of our common stock.

63


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    65  
    67  
    68  
    69  
    70  
    71  


64


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of VeriFone Holdings, Inc., and subsidiaries as of October 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of VeriFone Holdings, Inc., and subsidiaries at October 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, effective November 1, 2007.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), VeriFone Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated January 12, 2009 expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Palo Alto, California
January 12, 2009


65


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
 
We have audited VeriFone Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). VeriFone Holdings, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In its assessment management has identified material weaknesses in maintaining sufficient qualified accounting and finance personnel; the supervision, monitoring and monthly financial statement review processes; and, the identification, documentation and review of various income tax calculations, reconciliations and related supporting documentation. These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2008 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated January 12, 2009 on those financial statements.
 
In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, VeriFone Holdings, Inc. has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Palo Alto, California
January 12, 2009


66


Table of Contents

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Net revenues:
                       
System Solutions
  $ 807,465     $ 792,289     $ 517,154  
Services
    114,466       110,603       63,916  
                         
Total net revenues
    921,931       902,892       581,070  
Cost of net revenues:
                       
System Solutions
    556,042       545,995       287,048  
Services
    72,858       57,665       32,477  
                         
Total cost of net revenues
    628,900       603,660       319,525  
                         
Gross profit
    293,031       299,232       261,545  
Operating expenses:
                       
Research and development
    75,622       65,430       47,353  
Sales and marketing
    91,457       96,295       58,607  
General and administrative
    126,625       80,704       42,573  
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
    289,119              
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
    26,033       21,571       4,703  
In-process research and development
          6,752        
                         
Total operating expenses
    608,856       270,752       153,236  
                         
Operating income (loss)
    (315,825 )     28,480       108,309  
Interest expense
    (28,413 )     (36,598 )     (13,617 )
Interest income
    5,981       6,702       3,372  
Other income (expense), net
    (13,181 )     (7,882 )     (6,394 )
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (351,438 )     (9,298 )     91,670  
Provision for income taxes
    73,884       24,718       32,159  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (425,322 )   $ (34,016 )   $ 59,511  
                         
Net income (loss) per share:
                       
Basic
  $ (5.05 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.90  
                         
Diluted
  $ (5.05 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.86  
                         
Weighted average number of shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:
                       
Basic
    84,220       82,194       66,217  
                         
Diluted
    84,220       82,194       68,894  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


67


Table of Contents

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except par value)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 157,160     $ 215,001  
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $5,033 and $4,270
    170,234       194,146  
Inventories
    168,360       107,168  
Deferred tax assets
    9,465       23,854  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    57,631       63,413  
                 
Total current assets
    562,850       603,582  
Property, plant, and equipment, net
    52,309       48,293  
Purchased intangible assets, net
    92,637       170,073  
Goodwill
    321,903       611,977  
Deferred tax assets, net
    1,276       67,796  
Debt issuance costs, net
    11,704       12,855  
Other assets
    37,073       32,733  
                 
Total assets
  $ 1,079,752     $ 1,547,309  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 81,188     $ 105,215  
Income taxes payable
    2,185       19,530  
Accrued compensation
    19,477       21,201  
Accrued warranty
    8,527       11,012  
Deferred revenue, net
    47,687       43,049  
Deferred tax liabilities
    1,805       6,154  
Accrued expenses
    9,475       8,755  
Other current liabilities
    91,168       86,465  
Current portion of long-term debt
    5,022       5,386  
                 
Total current liabilities
    266,534       306,767  
Accrued warranty
    1,490       655  
Deferred revenue
    13,292       11,274  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    543,357       547,766  
Deferred tax liabilities
    68,928       87,142  
Other long-term liabilities
    41,939       10,296  
                 
      935,540       963,900  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Minority interest
    2,058       2,487  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred Stock: 10,000 shares authorized as of October 31, 2008 and 2007; no shares issued and outstanding as of October 31, 2008 and 2007
           
Common Stock: $0.01 par value, 200,000 and 100,000 shares authorized at October 31, 2008 and 2007; 84,443 and 84,060 shares issued and outstanding as of October 31, 2008 and 2007
    845       841  
Additional paid-in-capital
    655,974       635,404  
Accumulated deficit
    (504,173 )     (77,484 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (10,492 )     22,161  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    142,154       580,922  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,079,752     $ 1,547,309  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


68


Table of Contents

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                                 
                      Retained
    Accumulated
       
    Common Stock
    Additional
    Earnings
    Other
    Total
 
    Voting     Paid-in
    (Accumulated
    Comprehensive
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit)     Income     Equity  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance as of October 31, 2005
    67,646     $ 676     $ 128,101     $ (102,979 )   $ 740     $ 26,538  
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
    502       6       3,056                   3,062  
Stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R)
                5,998                   5,998  
Tax benefit on stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R)
                3,414                   3,414  
Comprehensive Income:
                                               
Net income
                      59,511             59,511  
Other comprehensive Income:
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
                            300       300  
Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax
                            1       1  
Interest rate hedges, net of tax
                            (83 )     (83 )
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            59,729  
                                                 
Balance as of October 31, 2006
    68,148       682       140,569       (43,468 )     958       98,741  
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
    2,450       24       37,744                   37,768  
Common stock issued for acquisition of Lipman
    13,462       135       417,471                   417,606  
Fair value of options assumed in acquisition of Lipman
                17,622                   17,622  
Stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R)
                28,892                   28,892  
Tax benefit on stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R)
                11,464                   11,464  
Purchase of convertible note hedge, net of tax
                (49,546 )                 (49,546 )
Issuance of warrants
                31,188                   31,188  
Comprehensive Income (Loss):
                                               
Net loss
                      (34,016 )           (34,016 )
Other comprehensive Income:
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
                            21,221       21,221  
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax
                            (1 )     (1 )
Interest rate hedges, net of tax
                            (17 )     (17 )
                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                            (12,813 )
                                                 
Balance as of October 31, 2007
    84,060       841       635,404       (77,484 )     22,161       580,922  
Cumulative effect from the adoption of FIN 48
                      (1,367 )           (1,367 )
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
    383       4       2,178                   2,182  
Stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R)
                17,916                   17,916  
Tax benefit on stock-based compensation under SFAS No. 123(R)
                476                   476  
Comprehensive Income (Loss):
                                               
Net loss
                      (425,322 )           (425,322 )
Other comprehensive Income:
                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
                            (31,029 )     (31,029 )
Interest rate hedges, net of tax
                            63       63  
Unfunded portion of pension plan obligations
                            (1,687 )     (1,687 )
                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                            (457,975 )
                                                 
Balance as of October 31, 2008
    84,443     $ 845     $ 655,974     $ (504,173 )   $ (10,492 )   $ 142,154  
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


69


Table of Contents

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (425,322 )   $ (34,016 )   $ 59,511  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
Amortization of purchased intangible assets
    58,263       59,468       10,328  
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant, and equipment
    13,376       7,766       3,505  
Amortization of capitalized software
    1,691       1,220       1,231  
In-process research and development
          6,752        
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
    289,119              
Impairment of equity investment
    2,236              
Write-off of capitalized software
    3,087              
Write-off of property, plant, and equipment
    341       271        
Amortization of debt issuance costs
    2,634       1,756       1,105  
Stock-based compensation
    17,916       28,892       6,000  
Non-cash portion of loss on debt extinguishment
          4,764       6,359  
Other non cash items
    (10 )     (135 )     184  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities before changes in working capital
    (36,669 )     76,738       88,223  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable, net
    24,615       (39,493 )     (28,938 )
Inventories
    (60,567 )     45,133       (51,983 )
Deferred tax assets
    81,426       (29,092 )     (5,801 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    5,285       (41,512 )     (4,444 )
Other assets
    (8,486 )     (5,136 )     (2,106 )
Accounts payable
    (24,317 )     28,144       17,189  
Income taxes payable
    1,672       20,391       1,542  
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation
    (1,176 )     (11,464 )     (3,414 )
Accrued compensation
    (1,912 )     (2,975 )     2,656  
Accrued warranty
    (1,650 )     (1,910 )     (1,301 )
Deferred revenue, net
    5,172       14,495       7,150  
Deferred tax liabilities
    (23,074 )     38,295       64  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    31,053       (2,344 )     (2,090 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (8,628 )     89,270       16,747  
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment, net
    (17,597 )     (30,225 )     (3,666 )
Software development costs capitalized
    (4,454 )     (7,740 )     (1,999 )
Purchases of other assets
          (500 )     (903 )
Purchases of marketable securities
                (125,034 )
Sales and maturities of marketable securities
                141,869  
Transaction costs, pending acquisitions
                (3,425 )
Purchases of equity investments
          (5,700 )      
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired
    (15,753 )     (267,531 )     (10,867 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (37,804 )     (311,696 )     (4,025 )
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds from debt, net of costs
    3,408       613,197       184,060  
Repayments of debt
    (8,210 )     (263,859 )     (182,696 )
Payment of debt amendment fees
    (1,645 )            
Purchase of hedge on convertible debt
          (80,236 )      
Sale of warrants
          31,188        
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
    3,026       37,088       3,015  
Tax benefit of stock-based compensation
    1,176       11,464       3,414  
Investment in subsidiary by minority stockholder
          1,050        
Other
          28       41  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (2,245 )     349,920       7,834  
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (9,164 )     943       943  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (57,841 )     128,437       21,499  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    215,001       86,564       65,065  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 157,160     $ 215,001     $ 86,564  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 19,015     $ 29,765     $ 12,402  
                         
Cash paid (received) for income taxes
  $ (8,049 )   $ 27,301     $ 37,253  
                         
Schedule of noncash transactions
                       
Debt issuance costs withheld from proceeds
  $     $ 8,388     $ 8,720  
                         
Issuance of common stock and stock options for acquisition
  $     $ 435,228     $  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


70


Table of Contents

VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1.   Principles of Consolidation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Business Description
 
VeriFone Holdings, Inc. (“VeriFone” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on June 13, 2002. Prior to the Company’s initial public offering on May 4, 2005, VeriFone was majority-owned by GTCR Fund VII, L.P., an equity fund managed by GTCR Golder Rauner, LLC (“GTCR”), a private equity firm. VeriFone designs, markets, and services electronic payment solutions that enable secure electronic payments among consumers, merchants, and financial institutions.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated and amounts pertaining to the non-controlling ownership interest held by third parties in the operating results and financial position of the Company’s majority-owned subsidiaries are reported as minority interest.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, where the local currency is the functional currency, are translated from their respective functional currencies into the U.S. dollar at the rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
For subsidiaries whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect at the balance sheet date for monetary assets and liabilities and historical exchange rates for non-monetary assets and liabilities. Revenue and expense amounts are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Any gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement were included in other income (expense), net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in currencies other than an entity’s functional currency are included in other income (expense), net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s revenue recognition policy is consistent with applicable revenue recognition guidance and interpretations, including the requirements of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production Type Contracts, Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, Revenue Recognition, and other applicable revenue recognition guidance and interpretations.
 
The Company records revenue when all of the following criteria are met: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or


71


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
determinable; and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. Cash received in advance of revenue recognition is recorded as deferred revenue.
 
Net revenues from System Solutions sales to end-users, resellers, value-added resellers, and distributors are recognized upon shipment of the product with the following exceptions:
 
  •  if a product is shipped free-on-board destination, revenue is recognized when the shipment is delivered, or
 
  •  if an acceptance or a contingency clause exists, revenue is recognized upon the earlier of receipt of the acceptance letter or when the clause lapses.
 
End-users, resellers, value-added resellers, and distributors generally have no rights of return, stock rotation rights, or price protection.
 
The Company’s System Solutions sales include software that is incidental to the electronic payment devices and services included in its sales arrangements.
 
The Company enters into revenue arrangements for individual products or services. As a System Solutions provider, the Company’s sales arrangements often include support services in addition to electronic payment devices (“multiple deliverables”). These services may include installation, training, consulting, customer support, product maintenance, and/or refurbishment arrangements.
 
Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are evaluated to determine if the deliverables (items) should be divided into more than one unit of accounting. An item can generally be considered a separate unit of accounting if all of the following criteria are met:
 
  •  the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a standalone basis;
 
  •  there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item(s); and
 
  •  if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company.
 
Deliverables which do not meet these criteria are combined into a single unit of accounting.
 
If there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for all units of accounting, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values. In cases where there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value(s) of the undelivered item(s) in an arrangement but no such evidence for one or more of the delivered item(s), the residual method is used to allocate the arrangement consideration. In cases in which there is no objective and reliable evidence of the fair value(s) of the undelivered item(s), the Company defers all revenues for the arrangement until the period in which the last item is delivered.
 
For revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, upon shipment of its electronic payment devices, the Company defers revenue for the aggregate fair value for all remaining undelivered elements and recognizes the residual amount within the arrangement as revenue for the delivered items as prescribed in EITF 00-21. Fair value is determined based on the price charged when each element is sold separately and/or the price charged by third parties for similar services.
 
Net revenues from services such as customer support and product maintenance are initially deferred and then recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract. Net revenues from services such as installations, equipment repairs, refurbishment arrangements, training, and consulting are recognized as the services are rendered.
 
For software development contracts, the Company recognizes revenue using the completed contract method pursuant to SOP 81-1. During the period of performance of such contracts, billings and costs are accumulated on the balance sheet, but no profit is recorded before completion or substantial completion of the work. The Company uses


72


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
customers’ acceptance of such products as the specific criteria to determine when such contracts are substantially completed. Provisions for losses on software development contracts are recorded in the period they become evident.
 
For operating lease arrangements, the Company recognizes the revenue and corresponding costs ratably over the term of the lease.
 
In addition, the Company sells products to leasing companies that, in turn, lease these products to end-users. In transactions where the leasing companies have no recourse to the Company in the event of default by the end-user, the Company recognizes revenue at the point of shipment or point of delivery, depending on the shipping terms and when all the other revenue recognition criteria have been met. In arrangements where the leasing companies have substantive recourse to the Company in the event of default by the end-user, the Company recognizes both the product revenue and the related cost of the product as the payments are made to the leasing company by the end-user, generally ratably over the lease term.
 
The Company presents revenues net of sales taxes and value-added taxes in its Consolidated Statement of Operations in accordance with EITF No. 06-3, How Taxes Collected From Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities should Be Presented in the Income Statements.
 
Segment Reporting
 
The Company maintains two reportable segments, North America, consisting of the United States and Canada, and International, consisting of all other countries from which the Company derives revenues.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market funds, and other highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, long-term debt, foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate caps. The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximates their carrying value due to the short period of time to their maturities. Cash equivalents, foreign currency forward contracts, and interest rate caps are recorded at fair value based on quoted market prices. The estimated fair value of long-term debt related to the Term B loan approximates its carrying value since the rate of interest on the long-term debt adjusts to market rates on a periodic basis. The fair value of the Company’s 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes as of October 31, 2008 was $191.0 million based on the closing trading price at that date.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to hedge certain existing and anticipated foreign currency denominated transactions. Foreign currency forward contracts generally mature within 95 days of inception. Under its foreign currency risk management strategy, the Company utilizes derivative instruments to protect its interests from unanticipated fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by volatility in currency exchange rates. This financial exposure is monitored and managed by the Company as an integral part of its overall risk management program which focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects that the volatility of these markets may have on its operating results. The Company has entered into interest rate caps, which expired October 31, 2008, in order to manage its variable interest rate risk on its secured credit facility.
 
The Company records certain derivatives, namely foreign currency forward contracts, interest penalties on the Company’s 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes, and interest rate caps, on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in


73


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify or are not effective as hedges are recognized currently in earnings. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes, nor does it hold or issue leveraged derivative financial instruments.
 
The Company formally documents relationships between hedging instruments and associated hedged items. This documentation includes: identification of the specific foreign currency asset, liability, or forecasted transaction being hedged; the nature of the risk being hedged; the hedge objective; and, the method of assessing hedge effectiveness. Hedge effectiveness is formally assessed, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, to determine whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in foreign currency denominated assets, liabilities, and anticipated cash flows of hedged items. When an anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur, the corresponding derivative instrument is ineffective as a hedge, and changes in fair value of the instrument are recognized in net income.
 
The Company’s international sales are generally denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. For sales in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the volatility of the foreign currency markets represents risk to the Company’s revenue and profit margins. From time to time the Company enters into certain foreign currency forward contracts. The objective of these contracts is to neutralize the impact of currency exchange rate movements on the Company’s operating results by offsetting gains and losses on the forward contracts with increases or decreases in foreign currency transactions. The Company does not designate these foreign currency forward contracts as hedging instruments and, as such, records the changes in the fair value of these derivatives in earnings.
 
The Company is exposed to interest rate risk related to a portion of its debt, which bears interest generally based upon the three-month LIBOR rate. On October 31, 2006, the Company’s principal subsidiary, VeriFone, Inc., entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions, led by J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility consists of a Term B Loan facility of $500.0 million and a revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $40.0 million, reduced to $25.0 million as of October 2008. The proceeds from the Term B loan were used to repay all outstanding amounts relating to a previous credit facility, pay certain transaction costs, and partially fund the cash consideration in connection with the acquisition of Lipman on November 1, 2006. Through October 31, 2008, the Company repaid an aggregate of $268.8 million, leaving a Term B Loan balance of $231.2 million at October 31, 2008. Under the Credit Facility, the Company is required to fix the interest rate of the loan through swaps, rate caps, collars, and similar agreements with respect to at least 30.0% of the outstanding principal amount of all loans and other indebtedness that have floating interest rates. As of October 31, 2008, the Company is no longer required by the Credit Facility to protect against credit rate increases.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost or market. Standard costs approximate actual costs under the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. The Company regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and records write-downs for excess and obsolete inventories based primarily on the Company’s estimated forecast of product demand and production requirements. Such write-downs establish a new cost-basis of accounting for the related inventory. Actual inventory losses may differ from management’s estimates.
 
Property, Plant, and Equipment, net
 
Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property, plant, and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally ranging from two to ten years, except buildings which are depreciated over 50 years. The cost of equipment under capital leases is recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the assets and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the related lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Amortization of assets under capital leases is included with depreciation expense.


74


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Research and Development Costs
 
Research and development costs are generally expensed as incurred. Costs capitalized under SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed, were $4.5 million, $7.7 million, and $2.0 million for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. In accordance with SFAS No. 86, the capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis to cost of sales over the estimated life of the products, up to three years, commencing when the respective products are available to customers. Total amortization related to capitalized software development costs were $1.7 million, $1.2 million and $1.2 million for the years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Unamortized capitalized software development costs as of October 31, 2008 and 2007 of $10.1 million and $10.8 million, respectively, are recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Business Combinations
 
The Company accounts for business combinations in accordance with FAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“FAS 141”), which requires the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. In accordance with FAS 141, the Company determines the recognition of intangible assets based on the following criteria: (i) the intangible asset arises from contractual or other rights; or (ii) the intangible is separable or divisible from the acquired entity and capable of being sold, transferred, licensed, returned or exchanged. In accordance with FAS 141, the Company allocates the purchase price of its business combinations to the tangible assets, liabilities and intangible assets acquired, including in-process research and development (“IPR&D”), based on their estimated fair values. The excess purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. In conjunction with certain business combinations, the Company records restructuring liabilities of the acquired company in accordance with EITF Issue No. 95-3, Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination (“EITF 95-3”). These costs represent liabilities that are recorded as part of the purchase price allocation.
 
The Company must make valuation assumptions that require significant estimates, especially with respect to intangible assets. Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements and acquired developed technologies, expected costs to develop IPR&D into commercially viable products, estimated cash flows from projects when completed and discount rates. The Company estimates fair value based upon assumptions the Company believes to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. Other estimates such as restructuring accruals associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill and purchased intangible assets have been recorded as a result of the Company’s acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized for accounting purposes. The Company is required to perform an annual impairment test of goodwill. Should certain events or indicators of impairment occur between annual impairment tests, the Company would perform the impairment test of goodwill when those events or indicators occurred. In the first step of the analysis, the Company’s assets and liabilities, including existing goodwill and other intangible assets, are assigned to the identified reporting units to determine the carrying value of the reporting units. Based on how the business is managed, the Company has five reporting units. Goodwill is allocated to each reporting unit based on its relative contribution to the Company’s overall operating results. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, an impairment may exist, and the Company must perform the second step of the analysis, in which the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to its carrying value to determine the impairment charge, if any.
 
The fair value of the reporting units is determined using the income approach. The income approach focuses on the income-producing capability of an asset, measuring the current value of the asset by calculating the present value of its future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost savings, tax deductions, and proceeds from


75


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
disposition. Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at a rate of return that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation, and risks associated with the particular investment.
 
Accounting for Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company periodically evaluates whether changes have occurred that would require revision of the remaining useful life of property, plant, and equipment and purchased intangible assets or render them not recoverable. If such circumstances arise, the Company uses an estimate of the undiscounted value of expected future operating cash flows to determine whether the long-lived assets are impaired. If the aggregate undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the resulting impairment charge to be recorded is calculated based on the excess of the carrying value of the assets over the fair value of such assets, with the fair value determined based on an estimate of discounted future cash flows.
 
Purchased intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, generally ranging from one and one-half to twenty years.
 
Debt Issuance Costs
 
Debt issuance costs are stated at cost, net of accumulated amortization. Amortization expense is calculated using the effective interest method and is recorded in interest expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, the Company recorded a $4.8 million write-off of debt issuance costs related to the portion of the Credit Facility which was repaid.
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets management considered all available positive and negative evidence including the past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in past fiscal years and the forecasted future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which VeriFone has operations.
 
The Company has placed a valuation allowance on certain U.S. deferred tax assets and non-U.S. net operating loss carry forwards because realization of these tax benefits through future taxable income cannot be reasonably assured. VeriFone intends to maintain the valuation allowances until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances. An increase in the valuation allowance would result in additional expense in such period. The Company makes estimates and judgments about its future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with its plans and estimates. Should the actual amounts differ from the estimates, the amount of the valuation allowance could be materially impacted.
 
VeriFone must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of tax credits and deductions, and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes, as well as the interest and penalties relating to these uncertain tax positions. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to the Company’s tax provision in a subsequent period.
 
The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws. The Company’s estimate for the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is based on detailed facts and circumstances of each issue. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with the Company’s expectations could have a material impact on its results of operations and financial condition.


76


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, the Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed within the interpretation. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires the Company to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subject to estimation of such amounts, as this requires the Company to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. The Company reevaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.
 
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
 
Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, less the weighted average number of common shares subject to repurchase. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the effect of common stock equivalents, unless the common stock equivalents are anti-dilutive. The potential dilutive shares of the Company’s common stock resulting from the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and equivalents and the assumed exercise of the warrants relating to the senior convertible notes and the dilutive effect of the senior convertible notes are determined under the treasury stock method.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans under the fair value recognition and measurement provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment. SFAS No. 123(R) which is applicable for stock-based awards exchanged for employee services and in certain circumstances for non-employee directors. Pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. SFAS No. 123(R) requires the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits due to tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows.
 
Restructuring
 
In conjunction with certain business combinations, the Company records restructuring liabilities of the acquired company in accordance with EITF Issue No. 95-3, Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination. These costs represent liabilities that are recorded as part of the purchase price allocation. Other restructuring costs are accounted for under SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities or under SFAS No. 112, Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits.
 
Warranty Costs
 
The Company accrues for estimated warranty obligations when revenue is recognized based on an estimate of future warranty costs for delivered products. Such estimates are based on historical experience and expectations of future costs. The Company periodically evaluates and adjusts the accrued warranty costs to the extent actual warranty costs vary from the original estimates. The Company’s warranty period typically extends from 13 months to five years from the date of shipment. Costs associated with maintenance contracts, including extended warranty contracts, are expensed when they are incurred. Actual warranty costs may differ from management’s estimates.


77


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Shipping and Handling Costs
 
Shipping and handling costs incurred for delivery to customers are expensed as incurred and are included in cost of net revenues in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. In those instances where the Company bills shipping and handling costs to customers, the amounts billed are classified as revenue.
 
Advertising Costs
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and totaled approximately $1.1 million, $1.4 million, and $0.3 million for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Cash is placed on deposit in major financial institutions in the United States and other countries. Such deposits may be in excess of insured limits. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these balances.
 
The Company invests cash not required for use in operations in high credit quality securities based on its investment policy. The investment policy has limits based on credit quality, investment concentration, investment type, and maturity that the Company believes will result in reduced risk of loss of capital. Investments are of a short-term nature and include investments in money market funds and corporate debt securities.
 
The Company has not experienced any investment losses due to institutional failure or bankruptcy.
 
The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from sales to a large number of direct customers, resellers, and distributors in the Americas, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary, but generally requires no collateral.
 
An allowance for doubtful accounts is established with respect to those amounts that the Company has determined to be doubtful of collection using specific identification of doubtful accounts and an aging of receivables analysis based on invoice due dates. Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. Uncollectible receivables are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when all efforts to collect them have been exhausted and recoveries are recognized when they are received. Generally, accounts receivable are past due 30 days after the invoice date unless special payment terms are provided.
 
For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 and 2007, no customer accounted for more than 10% of net revenues. For the fiscal year ended October  31, 2006, one customer, First Data Corporation and its affiliates, accounted for 13% of net revenues which were included in both North America and International segments. At October 31, 2008 and 2007, no customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.
 
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to the foreign currency forward contracts used to mitigate the effect of exchange rate changes, the interest rate caps used to mitigate the effect of interest rate changes, and the purchased call option for the Company’s stock related to the senior convertible notes. As described in Note 6. “Financing” in September 2008, following the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (“Lehman Brothers”), the Company delivered a notice of termination for the note hedge purchased from Lehman OTC Derivatives Inc. (“Lehman Derivatives”) in June 2007. The Company believes the counterparties for its other outstanding contracts are large, financially sound institutions and thus, the Company does not anticipate nonperformance by these counterparties. However, given the recent, unprecedented turbulence in the financial markets, the failure of additional counterparties is possible.


78


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Equity Investments and Minority Interests
 
The Company holds minority investments in two companies. These investments are accounted for under the equity method if the Company can exert significant influence on the investee company or under the cost method if the Company does not have significant influence over the investee company. The investments are included in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains and losses recorded for equity method investments are included in other income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company periodically monitors its investments for impairment and will record a reduction in the carrying value, if and when necessary.
 
During fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded a $2.2 million charge for impairment to one of its equity investments to reflect the decline of the investment’s fair value below its carrying value.
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from results of operations. Specifically, foreign currency translation adjustments, changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedges, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale marketable securities and the unfunded portion of pension plan obligations are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and is required to be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 and also issued FSP No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, which collectively remove certain leasing transactions from the scope of SFAS No. 157 and partially delay the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for one year for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities. In October 2008, the FASB also issued FSP 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active, which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 in an inactive market and illustrates how an entity would determine fair value when the market for a financial asset is not active. Although the Company will continue to evaluate the application of SFAS No. 157, it does not currently believe adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. SFAS No. 159 permits entities to elect to measure financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The objective of the guidance is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently, without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years, provided the provisions of SFAS No. 157 are applied. The Company adopted SFAS No. 159 at the beginning of the Company’s fiscal year 2009 on November 1, 2008 and did not make any elections for fair value accounting.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51. SFAS No. 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests (“NCI”) and classified as a component of equity. In conjunction with SFAS No. 141(R), discussed below, SFAS No. 160 will significantly change the accounting for


79


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
partial and/or step acquisitions. SFAS No. 160 will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating SFAS No. 160 and has not yet determined the impact, if any, its adoption will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) changes the accounting for business combinations including the measurement of acquirer shares issued in consideration for a business combination, the recognition of contingent consideration, the accounting for pre-acquisition gain and loss contingencies, the recognition of capitalized in-process research and development as an indefinite-lived intangible asset until approved or discontinued rather than as an immediate expense, expensing restructuring costs in connection with an acquisition rather than considering them a liability assumed in the acquisition, the treatment of acquisition-related transaction costs, including the fair value of contingent consideration at the date of an acquisition, the recognition of changes in the acquirer’s income tax valuation allowance, and accounting for partial and/or step acquisitions. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective on a prospective basis for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual period subsequent to December 15, 2008, with the exception of the accounting for valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Early adoption is not permitted. When SFAS No. 141(R) becomes effective, which, for the Company, will be in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, any adjustments made to valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax contingencies associated with acquisitions that closed prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 141(R) will be recorded through income tax expense, whereas currently the accounting treatment would require any adjustment to be recognized through the purchase price. The Company is currently evaluating SFAS No. 141(R) and has not yet determined the impact, if any, its adoption will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement). FSP APB 14-1 requires the issuer of a convertible debt instrument with cash settlement features to account separately for the liability and equity components of the instrument. The debt would be recognized at the present value of its cash flows discounted using an entity specific nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at the time of issuance. The equity component would be recognized as the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the note and the fair value of the liability. The FSP also requires accretion of the resultant debt discount over the expected life of the debt. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. Entities are required to apply the FSP retrospectively for all periods presented. The Company is currently evaluating FSP APB 14-1 and has not yet determined the impact its adoption will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, the impact of this new accounting treatment will be significant and will result in a significant increase to non-cash interest expense beginning in fiscal year 2010 for financial statements covering past and future periods.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.  FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumption used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. FSP 142-3 will be effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of FSP 142-3 and has not yet determined the impact, if any, its adoption will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Recently adopted accounting pronouncements
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48 which clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognizing, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted FIN 48 as of November 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of


80


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
FIN 48, the Company recognized a $3.3 million increase in its existing liabilities for uncertain tax positions which has been recorded as a decrease of $1.4 million to the opening balance of retained earnings, an increase of $0.5 million to non-current deferred tax assets and an increase of $1.4 million to goodwill. At November 1, 2007, the Company also reclassified $17.7 million from current to non-current taxes payable.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain amounts reported in previous periods have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassifications did not affect previously reported revenues, total operating expense, operating income, net income, or stockholders’ equity.
 
Note 2.   Business Combinations
 
A.C. Application Limited
 
On July 1, 2008, the Company acquired the business of A.C. Application Ltd., in accordance with an asset purchase agreement. The acquisition was an all-cash transaction of $13.0 million including acquisition costs. The assets acquired consisted primarily of intangible assets related to technology, brand name and customer relationships. The agreement also provides for additional consideration to be paid in the form of an earn-out amount of up to ILS 8.0 million (approximately $2.3 million), if certain target revenues and gross margins are achieved at April 30, 2009 and 2010. The earn-out payments to be made are not included in the $13.0 million total purchase price mentioned above. The earn-out payments to be made under the agreement will be recorded as an expense when it is probable that the earn-out payments will be payable. The Company has expensed $0.3 million as of October 31, 2008 for the earn-out due April 30, 2009. The results of operations of A.C. Application Ltd. were included in the consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effect of the acquisition was not material.
 
Peripheral Computer Industries Pty Limited
 
On December 13, 2007, the Company acquired the business of Peripheral Computer Industries Pty Limited (“PCI”) in accordance with an asset purchase agreement. The acquisition was an all-cash transaction of approximately $2.8 million including acquisition costs. The agreement also provides for additional consideration to be paid in the form of an earn-out amount of up to $6.8 million, if certain target revenues are achieved at the end of the 36-month earn-out period. The earn-out payments to be made under the agreement, if any, will be recorded as an additional cost of the acquisition at such time as they are earned. The results of operations of PCI were included in the consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effect of the acquisition was not material.
 
Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. (“Lipman”)
 
On November 1, 2006, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Lipman. The Company acquired Lipman to enhance the Company’s ability to reach certain of its strategic and business objectives, which include (i) extending the Company’s product and service offerings to include Lipman’s products, (ii) enabling the Company to leverage its distribution channels, international presence, customer base, and brand recognition to accelerate Lipman’s market penetration and growth, (iii) enabling the Company to enhance its position in areas where the Company is already strong by offering complementary products and services developed by Lipman, (iv) enhancing its product offerings in a variety of its core product areas, and (v) enhancing the Company’s manufacturing capacity.
 
The consideration paid to acquire Lipman was $347.4 million in cash, 13,462,474 shares of common stock of the Company, and assumption of all outstanding Lipman stock options. To fund a portion of the cash consideration,


81


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
the Company used $307.2 million of the Term B Loan proceeds under its Credit Facility on November 1, 2006. See Note 6. “Financing” for additional information related to the Credit Facility.
 
The purchase price was as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Cash
  $ 347,350  
Value of common stock issued
    417,606  
Value of Lipman vested and unvested options assumed
    38,008  
Transaction costs and expenses
    15,686  
         
Sub-total
    818,650  
Less: Value of unvested Lipman options assumed
    (19,356 )
         
Total purchase price
  $ 799,294  
         
 
Pursuant to the proration and allocation provisions of the merger agreement, the total merger consideration consisted of (i) a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the product of 0.50 multiplied by the number of Lipman ordinary shares issued and outstanding on the closing date and (ii) an amount in cash equal to the product of $12.804 multiplied by the number of Lipman ordinary shares issued and outstanding on the closing date, as reduced by the aggregate amount of the special cash dividend paid by Lipman prior to the merger. The Company issued 13,462,474 shares of common stock and paid $344.7 million in cash (excluding the aggregate amount of the special cash dividend) on the closing date. The Company subsequently paid an additional $2.6 million in cash to acquire the remaining minority interest of Lipman’s Chinese subsidiary.
 
The 13,462,474 shares have been valued at $31.02 per share based on an average of the closing prices of the Company’s common stock for a range of trading days two days before April 10, 2006, the announcement date of the proposed merger, the announcement date, and two days after the announcement date.
 
Pursuant to the merger agreement, the Company assumed, generally on a one-for-one basis, all Lipman share options outstanding at closing. The Company assumed options to purchase approximately 3,375,527 shares of Lipman ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of $24.47. The fair value of the outstanding vested and unvested options of $38.0 million was determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model using the following weighted-average assumptions: stock price of $31.02 per share (determined as described above), expected term of 2.5 years, expected volatility of 41%, and risk free interest rate of 4.7%.
 
For accounting purposes the fair value of unvested options as of the closing date is considered unrecognized share-based compensation and is deducted in determining the purchase price. This unrecognized share-based compensation is being recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining service period of 2.8 years. The fair value of the outstanding unvested options of $19.4 million was determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model using the assumptions noted above, except that the stock price on the closing date of $30.00 per share was used, as required, instead of the average price around the announcement date of $31.02 per share. The Company determined the number of unvested options based on the ratio of the number of months of service remaining to be provided by employees as of November 1, 2006 to the total vesting period for the options.
 
Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase price as shown in the table above is allocated to Lipman’s tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as well as in-process research and development based on their estimated fair values as of the closing date. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets is recorded as goodwill.


82


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
The purchase price was allocated as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Cash
  $ 95,931  
Accounts receivable
    33,201  
Inventory
    65,315  
Property, plant, and equipment, net
    18,603  
Other assets
    12,778  
Deferred revenue
    (8,890 )
Other current liabilities
    (93,073 )
Net deferred tax liabilities
    (60,345 )
Non current liabilities
    (7,933 )
         
Net tangible assets
    55,587  
         
Amortizable intangible assets:
       
Developed and core technology
    135,690  
Customer backlog
    110  
Customer relationships
    66,250  
Internal use software
    3,450  
         
Subtotal
    205,500  
         
In-process research and development
    6,752  
Excess over fair value of vested options
    1,030  
Goodwill
    530,425  
         
Total purchase price allocation
  $ 799,294  
         
 
Note 3.   Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets
 
The Company performed its annual impairment test of goodwill as of August  1, 2008 in accordance with SFAS No. 142 which did not result in an impairment of goodwill. However, in October 2008, in light of the Company’s disappointing fourth quarter operating results due to severe macro-economic conditions caused by the illiquidity of the credit markets, difficulties in banking and financial services sectors, falling consumer confidence and rising unemployment rates, the Company’s projected future cash flow declined significantly, which was considered an indicator of possible impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets as defined under SFAS No. 142 and SFAS No. 144, triggering the necessity of impairment tests as of October 15, 2008.
 
As a result of the goodwill impairment test, the Company concluded that the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill in the EMEA reporting unit exceeded its implied fair value and recorded an impairment charge of $262.5 million in the Corporate segment. The Company determined the fair value of the EMEA reporting unit using the income approach, which requires estimates of future operating results and discounted cash flows.
 
As a result of the long-lived assets impairment test, the Company recorded a $26.6 million impairment charge in the Corporate segment related to the write-down to fair value of the net carrying value of certain developed and core technology intangible assets in the International segment. The Company’s management determined the recoverability of these assets under SFAS No. 144 based on their undiscounted estimated future net cash flows and the impairment charge based on fair value using discounted cash flows.
 
The Company will continue to evaluate the carrying value of the remaining goodwill and intangible assets and if it determines in the future that there is a potential further impairment in any of its reporting units, the Company


83


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
may be required to record additional charges to earnings which could adversely affect the Company’s financial results.
 
Goodwill
 
Activity related to goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 611,977     $ 52,689  
Additions related to acquisitions
    4,564       540,043  
Resolution of tax contingencies, adjustments to tax reserves and valuation allowances established in purchase accounting, and tax benefits from exercise of vested stock options assumed
    139       (5,229 )
Goodwill impairment
    (262,462 )      
Currency translation adjustments
    (32,315 )     24,474  
                 
Balance, end of year
  $ 321,903     $ 611,977  
                 
 
During fiscal year 2008, the Company recorded $4.6 million of goodwill related to the acquisition of A.C. Applications, Ltd. and PCI. During fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded $530.4 million of goodwill related to the acquisition of Lipman and $9.6 million of goodwill related to other acquisitions.
 
Purchased Intangible Assets
 
Purchased intangible assets subject to amortization consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    October 31, 2008     October 31, 2007  
    Gross
                Gross
             
    Carrying
    Accumulated
          Carrying
    Accumulated
       
    Amount     Amortization     Net     Amount     Amortization     Net  
 
Developed and core technology
  $ 158,432     $ (109,991 )   $ 48,441     $ 187,006     $ (79,423 )   $ 107,583  
Trade name
    24,917       (22,315 )     2,602       22,225       (22,225 )      
Internal use software
    5,155       (1,629 )     3,526       4,485       (853 )     3,632  
Customer relationships
    94,003       (55,935 )     38,068       91,023       (32,165 )     58,858  
                                                 
    $ 282,507     $ (189,870 )   $ 92,637     $ 304,739     $ (134,666 )   $ 170,073  
                                                 
 
Amortization of purchased intangibles was allocated as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Included in cost of net revenues
  $ 32,230     $ 37,897     $ 5,625  
Included in operating expenses
    26,033       21,571       4,703  
                         
    $ 58,263     $ 59,468     $ 10,328  
                         


84


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets as of October  31, 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Cost of
    Operating
       
    Net Revenues     Expenses     Total  
 
2009
  $ 20,295     $ 20,518     $ 40,813  
2010
    15,828       12,234       28,062  
2011
    10,653       3,737       14,390  
2012
    949       1,200       2,149  
2013
    163       726       889  
Thereafter
    765       5,569       6,334  
                         
    $ 48,653     $ 43,984     $ 92,637  
                         
 
Note 4.   Balance Sheet Details
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Activity related to the allowance for doubtful accounts consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Balance at
    Charges to
    Write-Offs,
       
    Beginning
    Bad Debt
    Recoveries and
    Balance at
 
    of Year     Expense     Adjustments     End of Year  
 
Year ended October 31, 2008
  $ 4,270     $ 110     $ 653     $ 5,033  
Year ended October 31, 2007
  $ 2,364     $ 2,654     $ (748 )   $ 4,270  
Year ended October 31, 2006
  $ 1,571     $ 1,623     $ (830 )   $ 2,364  
 
Inventories
 
Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Raw materials
  $ 52,152     $ 29,548  
Work-in-process
    6,416       3,849  
Finished goods
    109,792       73,771  
                 
    $ 168,360     $ 107,168  
                 
 
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Prepaid taxes
  $ 31,554     $ 38,390  
Other prepaid expenses
    13,489       15,266  
Other receivables
    5,267       7,827  
Other current assets
    7,321       1,930  
                 
    $ 57,631     $ 63,413  
                 


85


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Property, Plant, and Equipment, net
 
Property, plant, and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                     
    Estimated Useful Life
  October 31,  
   
(in Years)
  2008     2007  
 
Computer hardware and software
  3-7   $ 40,013     $ 13,519  
Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures
  2-5     3,979       4,288  
Machinery and equipment
  2-5     15,027       10,579  
    Lesser of the term of
the lease or 10
               
Leasehold improvements
  years     11,413       11,061  
Construction in progress
      1,549       18,532  
Land
      1,025       1,633  
Buildings
  50     5,439       4,832  
                     
Total
        78,445       64,444  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
        (26,136 )     (16,151 )
                     
Property, plant, and equipment, net
      $ 52,309     $ 48,293  
                     
 
At October 31, 2008 and 2007, equipment amounting to $1.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively, was capitalized under capital leases. Related accumulated amortization as of October 31, 2008 and 2007 amounted to $1.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively.
 
Restricted Cash
 
The Company had $1.9 million and $1.3 million of restricted cash as of October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The restricted cash balances were comprised mainly of pledged deposits for bank guarantees to customers. The restricted cash was included in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Warranty
 
Activity related to warranty consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 11,667     $ 5,432  
Warranty charged to cost of net revenues
    7,289       3,664  
Utilization of warranty
    (10,877 )     (13,089 )
Changes in estimates(1)
    1,889       4,768  
Warranty liabilities assumed on acquisitions
    49       10,892  
                 
Balance, end of year
    10,017       11,667  
Less current portion
    (8,527 )     (11,012 )
                 
Long-term portion
  $ 1,490     $ 655  
                 
 
 
(1) In fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded a change in warranty estimates of $3.0 million related to a product specific warranty reserve for an acquired product, following the establishment of a field replacement program. As of October 31, 2008, the outstanding balance for this product specific warranty was reduced to $1.3 million predominately as a result of utilization.


86


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Deferred Revenue, Net
 
Deferred revenue, net of related costs consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Deferred revenue
  $ 73,263     $ 58,992  
Deferred cost of revenue
    (12,284 )     (4,669 )
                 
      60,979       54,323  
Less current portion
    (47,687 )     (43,049 )
                 
Long-term portion
  $ 13,292     $ 11,274  
                 
 
Other Current Liabilities
 
Other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Other tax liabilities(1)
  $ 35,542     $ 39,310  
Accrued interest
    4,448       2,620  
Accounts payable related accrual
    23,217       16,246  
Accrued legal and audit fees
    10,885       4,693  
Other liabilities
    17,076       23,596  
                 
    $ 91,168     $ 86,465  
                 
 
 
(1) Two of the Company’s Brazilian subsidiaries that were acquired as part of the Lipman acquisition have been notified of assessments regarding Brazilian customs penalties that relate to alleged infractions in the importation of goods. The Company has accrued $17.7 million and $19.4 million as of October  31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to these assessments. See Note 12. “Commitments and Contingencies” for additional information related to these tax assessments.
 
Note 5.   Other Income (Expense), net and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Other Income (Expense), Net
 
Other income (expense), net consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Foreign currency transaction gains (losses), net
  $ (16,167 )   $ 2,534     $ 397  
Foreign currency contract gains (losses), net
    4,841       (4,804 )     (866 )
Impairment of equity investment
    (2,236 )            
Loss on debt extinguishment and debt repricing fee
          (4,764 )     (6,359 )
Other income (expense), net
    381       (848 )     434  
                         
    $ (13,181 )   $ (7,882 )   $ (6,394 )
                         


87


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $617 and $2,664
  $ (8,805 )   $ 22,224  
Unrecognized loss on interest rate hedges, net of tax of $0 and $41
          (63 )
Unfunded portion of pension plan obligations
    (1,687 )      
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (10,492 )   $ 22,161  
                 
 
Income tax expense allocated to the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
  $ (2,047 )   $ 1,596     $ 234  
Unrealized loss on interest rate hedges
    (41 )     12       18  
                         
    $ (2,088 )   $ 1,608     $ 252  
                         
 
Note 6.   Financing
 
The Company’s financings consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Secured credit facility:
               
Term B loan
  $ 231,250     $ 236,250  
1.375% Senior convertible notes
    316,250       316,250  
Other
    879       652  
                 
      548,379       553,152  
Less current portion
    (5,022 )     (5,386 )
                 
Long-term portion
  $ 543,357     $ 547,766  
                 
 
Secured Credit Facility
 
On October 31, 2006, VeriFone Inc. entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) consisting of a Term B Loan facility of $500.0 million and a revolving credit facility permitting borrowings of up to $40.0 million. The proceeds from the Term B loan were used to repay all outstanding amounts relating to a previous credit facility, pay certain transaction costs, and partially fund the cash consideration in connection with the acquisition of Lipman on November 1, 2006. Through October 31, 2008, the Company had repaid an aggregate of $268.8 million, leaving a Term B Loan balance of $231.2 million at October 31, 2008. The Credit Facility is guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries and is secured by collateral including substantially all of the Company’s assets and stock of the Company’s subsidiaries.
 
During fiscal 2008 the Company entered into three consecutive amendments to the Credit Facility with its lenders. The amendments extended the time periods for delivery of certain required financial information for the three-month periods ended January 31, April 30 and July 31, 2007, the year ended October 31, 2007 and the


88


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
three-month periods ended January 31, 2008 and April 30, 2008. In connection with the three amendments, the Company paid a total fee of $1.6 million and agreed to certain increases in the interest rates and fees.
 
The Company pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving loan under its Credit Facility at a rate that varies depending upon its consolidated total leverage ratio. The Company was paying a commitment fee at a rate of 0.425% per annum as of October 31, 2008 and 0.300% per annum as of October 31, 2007. The Company pays a letter of credit fee on the unused portion of any letter of credit issued under the Credit Facility at a rate that varies depending upon its consolidated total leverage ratio. At October 31, 2008 and October 31, 2007, the Company was subject to a letter of credit fee at a rate of 2.00% and 1.25% per annum, respectively.
 
The maturity dates on the components of the Credit Facility are October  31, 2012 for the revolving loan and October 31, 2013 for the Term B Loan. Principal payments on the Term B Loan are due in equal quarterly installments of $1.2 million over the seven-year term on the last business day of each calendar quarter with the balance due on maturity.
 
At the Company’s option, the Term B loan and the revolving loan can be “Base Rate” or “Eurodollar Rate” loans. Base Rate loans bear interest at a per annum rate equal to a margin over the greater of the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% or the JP Morgan prime rate. For the Base Rate Term B loan, the margin was 1.75% as of October 31, 2008 and 0.75% as of October 31, 2007. For the Base Rate revolving loan, the margin varies depending upon the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio and was 1.00% and 0.25% as of October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
At the Company’s option, Eurodollar Rate loans bear interest at a margin over the one-, two-, three- or six-month LIBOR rate. The margin for the Eurodollar Rate Term B loan was 2.75% as of October 31, 2008 and 1.75% as of October 31, 2007. The margin for the Eurodollar Rate revolving loan varies depending upon the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio and was 2.00% and 1.25% as of October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
As of October 31, 2008, the Term B loan bears interest at 2.75% over the one-month LIBOR rate of 3.12% for a total of 5.87%. As of October 31, 2007, the Term B loan bore interest at a rate of 1.75% over the three-month LIBOR rate of 5.36%, for a total of 7.11%. As of October 31, 2008 and 2007, no amounts were outstanding under the revolving loan.
 
Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (“Lehman CP”), a lender in the revolving loan, declared bankruptcy in October 2008. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, the Company declared Lehman CP a defaulting lender and removed Lehman CP as a lender in the revolving loan. Therefore, as of October 31, 2008, only $25 million was available to the Company under the revolving loan.
 
The terms of the Credit Facility require the Company to comply with financial covenants, including maintaining leverage and fixed charge coverage ratios at the end of each fiscal quarter, obtaining protection against fluctuation in interest rates, and meeting limits on annual capital expenditure levels. As of October 31, 2008, the Company was required to maintain a total leverage ratio of not greater than 3.5 to 1.0 and a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0. Total leverage ratio is equal to total debt less cash as of the end of a reporting fiscal quarter divided by consolidated EBITDA, as adjusted, for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters. Some of the financial covenants become more restrictive over the term of the Credit Facility. Noncompliance with any of the financial covenants without cure or waiver would constitute an event of default under the Credit Facility. An event of default resulting from a breach of a financial covenant may result, at the option of lenders holding a majority of the loans, in an acceleration of repayment of the principal and interest outstanding and a termination of the revolving loan. The Credit Facility also contains non-financial covenants that restrict some of the Company’s activities, including its ability to dispose of assets, incur additional debt, pay dividends, create liens, make investments, make capital expenditures, and engage in specified transactions with affiliates. The terms of the Credit Facility permit prepayments of principal and require prepayments of principal upon the occurrence of certain events including among others, the receipt of proceeds from the sale of assets, the receipt of excess cash flow as defined, and the receipt of proceeds of certain debt issues. The Credit Facility also contains customary events of default, including defaults based on events of bankruptcy and insolvency; nonpayment of principal, interest, or fees when


89


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
due, subject to specified grace periods; breach of specified covenants; change in control; and material inaccuracy of representations and warranties. In addition, if the Company’s leverage exceeds a certain level set out in its Credit Facility, a portion of the Company’s excess cash flows must be used to pay down its outstanding debt. The Company was in compliance with its financial and non-financial covenants as of October 31, 2008.
 
1.375% Senior Convertible Notes
 
On June 22, 2007, the Company sold $316.2 million aggregate principal amount of 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”) in an offering through Lehman Brothers and JP Morgan Securities Inc. (together “initial purchasers”) to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Section 4(2) and Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting transaction costs, were approximately $307.9 million. The Company incurred approximately $8.3 million of debt issuance costs. The transaction costs, consisting of the initial purchasers’ discounts and offering expenses, were primarily recorded in debt issuance costs, net and are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over five years. The Company will pay 1.375% interest per annum on the principal amount of the Notes, payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 2007, subject to increase in certain circumstances as described below. The interest rate on the Notes increased an additional 0.25% per annum during the period from May 1, 2008 to August 19, 2008 due to the Company’s delay in filing its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2007.
 
The Notes were issued under an Indenture between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Each $1,000 of principal of the Notes will initially be convertible into 22.719 shares of VeriFone common stock, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $44.02 per share, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events. Holders of the Notes may convert their Notes prior to maturity during specified periods as follows: (1) on any date during any fiscal quarter beginning after October 31, 2007 (and only during such fiscal quarter) if the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock was more than 130% of the then current conversion price for at least 20 trading days in the period of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the previous fiscal quarter; (2) at any time on or after March 15, 2012; (3) if the Company distributes, to all holders of its common stock, rights or warrants (other than pursuant to a rights plan) entitling them to purchase, for a period of 45 calendar days or less, shares of the Company’s common stock at a price less than the average closing sale price for the ten trading days preceding the declaration date for such distribution; (4) if the Company distributes, to all holders of its common stock, cash or other assets, debt securities, or rights to purchase the Company’s securities (other than pursuant to a rights plan), which distribution has a per share value exceeding 10% of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the trading day preceding the declaration date for such distribution; (5) during a specified period if certain types of fundamental changes occur; or (6) during the five business-day period following any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price for the Notes was less than 98% of the average of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock for each day during such five trading-day period multiplied by the then current conversion rate. Upon conversion, the Company would pay the holder the cash value of the applicable number of shares of the Company’s common stock, up to the principal amount of the note. Amounts in excess of the principal amount, if any, will be paid in stock. Because the Company did not increase its authorized capital to permit conversion of all of the Notes at the initial conversion rate by June 21, 2008, beginning on that date the Notes began to bear additional interest at a rate of 2.0% per annum (in addition to the additional interest described above) on the principal amount of the Notes until October 8, 2008 when the Company’s stockholders approved an increase of 100,000,000 shares to the Company’s authorized share capital.
 
As of October 31, 2008, none of the conditions allowing holders of the Notes to convert had been met. If a fundamental change, as defined in the Indenture, occurs prior to the maturity date, holders of the Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their Notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) up to, but excluding, the repurchase date.


90


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the related collateral and structurally subordinated to indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries including any secured indebtedness of such subsidiaries.
 
In connection with the sale of the Notes, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of June 22, 2007, with the initial purchasers of the Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to use reasonable best efforts to file a shelf registration statement regarding the Notes within 180 days after the original issuance of the Notes and cause the shelf registration statement to be effective until the earliest of (i) the date when the holders of transfer restricted Notes and shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Notes are able to sell all such securities immediately without restriction under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (ii) the date when all transfer-restricted Notes and shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Notes are registered under the registration statement and sold pursuant thereto and (iii) the date when all transfer-restricted Notes and shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Notes have ceased to be outstanding. Due to the delay in the filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2007, the Company was not able to register the Notes and the shares underlying the Notes until December 11, 2008. Accordingly, the interest rate on the Notes increased by 0.25% per annum on December 20, 2007 and by an additional 0.25% per annum on March 19, 2008 relating to the Company’s obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. Such additional interest ceased to accrue on December 10, 2008, the day prior to the date the registration statement covering the Notes became effective. The Company incurred $1.3 million in interest expense related to the registration default of which $0.7 million remained accrued as of October 31, 2008.
 
In connection with the offering of the Notes, the Company entered into note hedge transactions with affiliates of the initial purchasers (the “counterparties”), consisting of Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives (“Lehman Derivatives”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch, whereby the Company has the option to purchase up to 7.2 million shares of its common stock at a price of approximately $44.02 per share. The note hedge transactions expire the earlier of the last day on which any Notes remain outstanding and June 14, 2012. The cost to the Company of the note hedge transactions was approximately $80.2 million. The note hedge transactions are intended to mitigate the potential dilution upon conversion of the Notes in the event that the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock on each trading day of the relevant conversion period or other relevant valuation period is greater than the applicable strike price of the convertible note hedge transactions, which initially corresponds to the conversion price of the Notes and is subject, with certain exceptions, to the adjustments applicable to the conversion price of the Notes. The note hedge transaction with Lehman Derivatives, which benefited from a guarantee by Lehman Brothers, covers 50% of the shares of the Company’s common stock potentially issuable upon conversion of the Notes. The filing by Lehman Brothers of a voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in September 2008 constituted an “event of default” under the note hedge transaction with Lehman Derivatives, giving the Company the immediate right to terminate the transaction and entitling the Company to claim reimbursement for the loss incurred in terminating and closing out the transaction. On September 21, 2008, the Company delivered a notice of termination to Lehman Derivatives and claimed reimbursement for the loss incurred in termination and close-out of the transaction.
 
In addition, the Company sold warrants to the counterparties whereby they have the option to purchase up to approximately 7.2 million shares of VeriFone common stock at a price of $62.356 per share. The Company received approximately $31.2 million in cash proceeds from the sale of these warrants. The warrants expire progressively from December 19, 2013 to February 3, 2014. If the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock on each trading day of the measurement period at maturity of the warrants exceeds the applicable strike price of the warrants, there would be dilution to the extent that such volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock exceeds the applicable strike price of the warrants.


91


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
The cost incurred in connection with the note hedge transactions, net of the related tax benefit and the proceeds from the sale of the warrants, is included as a net reduction in additional paid-in capital in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2008 and 2007, in accordance with the guidance in EITF 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share, the Notes will have no impact on diluted earnings per share, or EPS, until the price of the Company’s common stock exceeds the conversion price of $44.02 per share because the principal amount of the Notes will be settled in cash upon conversion. Prior to conversion the Company will include the effect of the additional shares that may be issued if its common stock price exceeds $44.02 per share, using the treasury stock method. If the price of the Company’s common stock exceeds $62.356 per share, it will also include the effect of the additional potential shares that may be issued related to the warrants, using the treasury stock method. Prior to conversion, the note hedge transactions are not considered for purposes of the EPS calculation as their effect would be anti-dilutive.
 
Principal Payments
 
Principal payments due for financings, including capital leases, over the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Fiscal Years ending October 31:
       
2009
  $ 5,062  
2010
    5,748  
2011
    5,069  
2012
    321,250  
2013
    211,250  
         
    $ 548,379  
         
 
Note 7.   Income Taxes
 
Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
US
  $ (58,389 )   $ (15,390 )   $ 74,267  
Foreign
    (293,049 )     6,092       17,403  
                         
    $ (351,438 )   $ (9,298 )   $ 91,670  
                         


92


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ (2,253 )   $ 8,964     $ 28,618  
State
    (293 )     1,843       5,257  
Foreign
    19,814       12,250       4,179  
                         
    $ 17,268     $ 23,057     $ 38,054  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal
  $ 55,736     $ 2,127     $ (4,744 )
State
    5,564       735       (476 )
Foreign
    (4,684 )     (1,201 )     (675 )
                         
      56,616       1,661       (5,895 )
                         
    $ 73,884     $ 24,718     $ 32,159  
                         
 
A reconciliation of taxes computed at the federal statutory income tax rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Provision (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate
  $ (123,003 )   $ (3,254 )   $ 32,084  
State income tax
    5,271       1,651       3,108  
Foreign income tax rate differential
    (33,148 )     1,445       (1,488 )
Goodwill and intangibles impairment
    91,862              
Valuation allowance
    133,252       23,571       (2,304 )
Stock compensation
    740       1,302       568  
Research credit
          (763 )     (190 )
Other
    (1,090 )     766       381  
                         
    $ 73,884     $ 24,718     $ 32,159  
                         


93


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Inventories
  $ 7,482     $ 7,516  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    22,033       27,151  
Accrued expenses and reserves
    19,308       13,719  
Deferred revenue
    16,106       12,815  
Depreciation
    2,959       5,908  
Basis differences in deductible goodwill and intangibles
    103,982       33,900  
Stock option compensation
    11,743       7,635  
Amortizable debt costs
    27,839       30,728  
Foreign taxes on basis differences
    62,599       63,247  
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
    22,921       7,163  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    296,972       209,782  
                 
Valuation allowance
    (277,316 )     (119,536 )
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Basis differences on acquired intangibles
    (13,034 )     (28,841 )
Basis differences on acquired inventory
    (394 )     (788 )
Unrealized foreign currency gains
    (243 )     (5,852 )
Basis differences in investments in foreign subsidiaries
    (60,660 )     (53,645 )
Other
    (5,317 )     (2,766 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (79,648 )     (91,892 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $ (59,992 )   $ (1,646 )
                 
 
As of October 31, 2008, the Company has recorded a net deferred tax liability of $60.0 million. The realization of the deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on the Company generating sufficient U.S. and foreign taxable income in future fiscal years. Management has determined that it is not more likely than not the deferred tax assets in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions will be realized and as such the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against these assets as of October 31, 2008. At October  31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $277.3 million and $119.5 million, respectively. The Company’s deferred tax asset valuation allowance increased by $157.8 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, increased by $94.3 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, and increased by $4.6 million for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. The increase of $157.8 million during fiscal year 2008 is primarily attributable to the recording of a full valuation allowance against all U.S. deferred tax assets as of October 31, 2008. Approximately $76.9 million of deferred tax assets subject to the valuation allowance are attributable to acquisition-related items that, when realized, will reduce goodwill. During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 and 2007, goodwill was reduced by approximately $0.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively, as a result of a reduction in the valuation allowance for acquisition-related deferred tax assets that were realized.
 
The net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of $150.0 million are primarily related to tax losses in Ireland of $134.0 million, France of $9.3 million, the United Kingdom of $3.1 million and various other non-U.S. countries of $3.6 million. Approximately $148.1 million of foreign NOLs may be carried forward indefinitely. The remaining


94


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
balance of approximately $1.9 million of foreign NOLs is subject to limited carry forward terms of 5 to 15 years. NOLs of $0.4 million, and $0.6 million will expire in fiscal 2009 and 2010, respectively, if not utilized.
 
As of October 31, 2008, the Company has recorded U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards of $22.9 million, which will expire beginning in 2018, if not utilized.
 
The Company reduced tax liabilities by $1.0 million and $0.9 million for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, due to the resolution of certain pre-acquisition tax contingencies. The reduction in tax liabilities resulted in a reduction of goodwill by $1.0 million and $0.9 million for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for tax liabilities recorded for the period prior to the Company’s 2002 acquisition.
 
The Company recognizes deferred tax liabilities associated with outside basis differences on investment in foreign subsidiaries unless the difference is considered essentially permanent in duration. As of October 31, 2008, the Company has recorded a deferred tax liability of $53.9 million associated with $206.0 million of taxable outside basis differences which are not considered permanently reinvested. The Company has not recorded deferred taxes on approximately $37.6 million of taxable outside basis differences as they are considered permanently reinvested. As of October 31, 2008, the determination of the unrecorded deferred tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable. If circumstances change and it becomes apparent that some or all of the undistributed earnings will not be invested indefinitely, or will be remitted in the foreseeable future, an additional deferred tax liability will be recorded for some or all of the outside basis difference.
 
The Company has been granted pioneer status for its operations in Singapore commencing November 1, 2005. The tax rate for enterprises granted pioneer status in Singapore is 0%. The benefits of the pioneer status will expire on November 1, 2011. The tax benefit of the tax holiday for the year ended October 31, 2008 was $1.2 million which increased earnings per share by one cent.
 
The Company’s subsidiary in Israel and a subsidiary in Brazil are currently under audit by the Israeli and Brazilian taxing authorities for the fiscal years 2004 to 2006 and calendar years 2003 to 2008, respectively. Although the Company believes it has provided income taxes for the years subject to audit, the Israeli and Brazilian taxing authorities may adopt different interpretations. The Company has not yet received any final determinations with respect to these audits.
 
The Company is currently subject to an audit by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, for its fiscal years ended October 31, 2003 and 2004. Although the Company believes it has provided income taxes for the years subject to audit, the IRS may adopt different interpretations. The Company has not yet received any final determinations with respect to this audit although certain adjustments have been agreed with the IRS. The tax liability associated with the agreed adjustments has been accrued in the financial statements.
 
Effective November 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. FIN 48 establishes a single model to address accounting for uncertain tax positions by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. In addition, FIN 48 provides guidance on derecognition, measurement classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.
 
As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $3.3 million increase in its existing liabilities for uncertain tax positions which has been recorded as a decrease of $1.4 million to the opening balance of retained earnings, an increase of $0.5 million to non-current deferred tax assets and an increase of $1.4 million to goodwill.
 
The Company has historically classified unrecognized tax benefits in current taxes payable. As a result of adoption of FIN 48, the Company reclassified $17.7 million of unrecognized tax benefits from short-term to long-term income taxes payable. Long-term income taxes payable include uncertain tax positions, reduced by the associated federal deduction for state taxes and non-U.S. tax credits. The Company’s policy to include interest and


95


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for taxes on the consolidated condensed statements of operations did not change as a result of implementing the provisions of FIN 48.
 
The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Beginning balance as of November 1, 2007 (date of adoption)
  $ 19,200  
Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements
     
Lapse of statute of limitations
    (1,300 )
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods
    1,500  
Decreases in balances related to tax positions taken during prior periods
    (800 )
Increases in balances related to tax positions taken during current period
    9,600  
         
Balance as of October 31, 2008
  $ 28,200  
         
 
If the remaining balance of $28.2 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits at October 31, 2008 were realized in a future period, it would result in a tax benefit of $19.2 million and a reduction of the effective tax rate. Approximately $9.0 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits are related to pre-acquisition period income tax exposures and would result in an adjustment to goodwill.
 
The Company recognizes potential accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits as tax expense. As of the adoption date of FIN 48, the Company had accrued approximately $3.7 million for the payment of interest and penalties (net of tax benefit) relating to unrecognized tax benefits. As of October 31, 2008, the Company had accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of $6.4 million (net of tax benefit). During fiscal year 2008, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits increased by $2.7 million, and was recognized in the provision for income taxes.
 
The Company does not anticipate that the total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change due to the settlement of audits and the expiration of statute of limitations in the next 12 months.
 
Note 8.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common and Preferred Stock
 
On October 8, 2008, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation increasing the authorized shares of Common Stock from 100,000,000 to 200,000,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share. In addition, the Company has 10,000,000 authorized shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01. The holder of each share of Common Stock has the right to one vote. The Board of Directors has the authority to issue the undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. At October 31, 2008 and October 31, 2007, there were no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding and there were 84,442,833 and 84,060,120 shares of Common Stock outstanding, respectively.
 
Stock Option Plans
 
As of October 31, 2008, the Company had a total of 8,706,712 stock options outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $26.20 per share. The number of shares that remained available for future grants under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan was 5,944,862 as of October 31, 2008.
 
New Founders’ Stock Option Plan
 
On April 30, 2003, the Company adopted the New Founders’ Stock Option Plan (the “New Founders’ Plan”) for executives and employees of the Company. A total of 1,500,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were reserved for issuance under the New Founders’ Plan. The Company is no longer granting options under the New Founders’ Plan and retired 156,670 shares available for future grant under the New Founders’ Plan on


96


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
March 22, 2006 and will retire any options cancelled thereafter. Option awards under the New Founders’ Plan were generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. Those option awards generally vest in equal annual amounts over a period of five years from the date of grant and have a maximum term of 10 years.
 
Outside Directors’ Stock Option Plan
 
In January 2005, the Company adopted the Outside Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”) for members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company or representatives of major stockholders of the Company. A total of 225,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the Directors’ Plan. The Company will no longer grant options under the Directors’ Plan and retired 135,000 shares available for future grant under the Directors’ Plan on March 22, 2006 and will retire any options cancelled thereafter. Option grants for members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company or representatives of major stockholders of the Company will be covered under the 2006 Equity Incentive Option Plan. Stock options granted generally vest over a period of four years from the date of grant and have a maximum term of seven years.
 
2005 Equity Incentive Option Plan
 
On April 29, 2005, the Company adopted the 2005 Equity Incentive Option Plan (the “EIP Plan”) for executives and employees of the Company, and other individuals who perform services to the Company. A total of 3,100,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the EIP Plan. The Company will no longer grant options under the EIP Plan and retired 890,300 shares available for future grant under the EIP Plan on March 22, 2006 and will retire any options cancelled thereafter. Option awards were generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s stock at the day of grant. Those options generally vest over a period of four years from the date of grant and have a maximum term of seven years.
 
2006 Equity Incentive Plan
 
On March 22, 2006, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) for officers, directors, employees, and consultants of the Company. Upon approval of the 2006 Plan a total of 9,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were reserved for issuance. On October 8, 2008, the stockholders approved an amendment to the 2006 Plan increasing the shares reserved for issuance to 13,200,000. Awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant except for restricted stock units (“RSUs”). The awards generally vest over a period of four years from the date of grant and have a maximum term of seven years. Any shares granted as stock options and stock appreciation rights shall be counted as one share for every share granted. Any awards granted other than stock options or stock appreciation rights are counted, for the purpose of the number of shares issuable under the 2006 Plan, as 1.75 shares for every share granted.
 
In January 2007, the Company made an award of up to 900,000 RSUs to the Company’s CEO. These RSUs may vest in three tranches of up to 300,000 RSUs each over a four-year period based upon annual growth in the Company’s net income, as adjusted, per share and its share price. Two-thirds of the RSUs are “performance units” that will vest based on achievement of net income, as adjusted, targets, and one-third of the RSUs are “market units” that will vest based on achievement of net income, as adjusted, targets and specified targets for the share price of the Company’s stock. Each year’s RSUs will not vest until the end of the fiscal year following the year for which the specified target is met.
 
As of October 31, 2008, the Company had not recognized any compensation expense related to these RSUs as the fiscal year 2008 and 2007 financial targets were not achieved. Both the 200,000 performance units and the 100,000 market units related to each of fiscal years 2008 and 2007 were cancelled on October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.


97


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
The measurement of the fiscal 2009 tranche occurs in January 2009, the measurement date for that tranche. Up to 200,000 performance units will vest if the fiscal year 2009 performance targets are achieved. Up to 100,000 market units will vest if the fiscal 2009 performance targets are achieved and the volume-weighted average price of the Company’s stock exceeds $62.20 per share during the 10-day trading period beginning with the second full trading day following the Company’s announcement of the financial results for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2009. Because these shares are contingently issuable, they are excluded from the earnings per share calculation.
 
Lipman Plans
 
On November 1, 2006, the Company completed its acquisition of Lipman. As part of the acquisition consideration, the Company issued 13,462,474 shares of its common stock and assumed all of Lipman’s outstanding options. The Company no longer grants options under the Lipman Plans.
 
All Plans
 
The total proceeds received from employees as a result of employee stock option exercises under all plans for each of the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $2.4 million, $38.3 million, and $3.1 million, respectively. In connection with these exercises, the tax benefits realized by the Company for each of the fiscal years 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $0.5 million, $11.5 million, and $3.4 million, respectively.
 
The Company estimates the grant-date fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) and SAB No. 107, Share-Based Payment, using the weighted-average assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility of the stock is based on a blend of the Company’s peer group in the industry in which it does business and the Company’s historical volatility for its own stock. The expected term represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected term of options granted is derived from the historical actual term of option grants and an estimate of future exercises during the remaining contractual period of the option. The average risk-free rate is based on the US Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the options used in the Black-Scholes valuation model. Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made by the Company under SFAS No. 123(R). The fair value of each RSU is equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company estimates forfeitures of options and RSUs based on historical experience and records compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.
 
The Company’s assumptions subsequent to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Expected term of the options
    3 years       2 years       3 years  
Risk-free interest rate
    2.5 %     4.8 %     5.0 %
Expected stock price volatility
    52.2 %     40.0 %     42.0 %
Expected dividend rate
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %


98


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the stock-based compensation expense recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Cost of net revenues
  $ 1,521     $ 2,998     $ 709  
Research and development
    4,910       5,937       1,194  
Sales and marketing
    6,157       8,942       2,057  
General and administrative
    5,328       11,015       2,040  
                         
Total stock-based compensation
  $ 17,916     $ 28,892     $ 6,000  
                         
 
As of October 31, 2008, total unrecognized compensation cost adjusted for estimated forfeitures related to unvested stock options and RSUs was $38.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting periods of 2.7 years for stock options and 2.1 years for RSUs. In the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, stock-based compensation expense included $1.0 million related to the excess over fair value of the vested Lipman options assumed.
 
Stock Option Activity
 
The following table provides a summary of stock options activity under all of the equity incentive plans described above for the year ended October 31, 2008:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
                Average
       
          Weighted
    Remaining
    Aggregate
 
    Shares
    Average
    Contractual
    Intrinsic
 
    Under
    Exercise
    Term
    Value
 
    Option     Price     (Years)     (Thousands)  
 
Outstanding at October 31, 2007
    8,331,637     $ 27.10                  
Granted
    1,824,000     $ 19.76                  
Exercised
    (325,064 )   $ 7.37                  
Cancelled
    (893,861 )   $ 28.32                  
Expired
    (230,000 )   $ 26.25                  
                                 
Outstanding at October 31, 2008
    8,706,712     $ 26.20       5.2     $ 2,557  
                                 
Vested or expected to vest at October 31, 2008
    8,063,622     $ 26.20       5.1     $ 2,537  
                                 
Exercisable at October 31, 2008
    3,622,427     $ 25.57       4.4     $ 1,916  
                                 
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of options granted during each of the fiscal years 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $7.29, $9.59, and $9.82, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during each of the fiscal years 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $5.3 million, $53.9 million and $11.1 million, respectively.


99


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
The following table summarizes RSU activity for the year ended October 31, 2008:
 
                         
          Weighted
    Aggregate
 
          Average
    Intrinsic
 
          Purchase
    Value
 
    Shares     Price     (Thousands)  
 
Outstanding at October 31, 2007
    749,750     $          
Granted
    7,500     $          
Vested
    (45,187 )   $          
Forfeited
    (326,875 )   $          
                         
Outstanding at October 31, 2008
    385,188     $     $ 968  
                         
Expected to vest at October 31, 2008
    311,098     $     $ 724  
                         
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of RSUs granted during each of the fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, excluding the CEO’s performance and market RSUs was $19.81, $36.85 and $28.22, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs that vested in fiscal years 2008 and 2007 was $1.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively. There were no RSUs which vested in fiscal year 2006.
 
Note 9.   Employee Benefit Plans
 
401(k) and Pension Plans
 
The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan for its US employees that allows eligible employees to contribute up to 60% of their pretax salary up to the maximum allowed under Internal Revenue Service regulations. Discretionary employer matching contributions of $2.2 million, $2.0 million, and $1.9 million were made to the plan during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
The Company has a defined benefit plan for its employees in Taiwan who were hired prior to July 1, 2005, as required by local laws. All employees hired in Taiwan after July 1, 2005 are on a defined contribution plan. The unfunded portion of the pension plan’s obligations amounts to $1.7 million as of October 31, 2008 and is included in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s fiscal year end, October 31, is the measurement date for the plan. Net pension costs were approximately $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Israeli Severance Pay
 
The Company’s liability for severance pay to its Israeli employees is calculated pursuant to Israeli severance pay law based on the most recent salary of the employee multiplied by the number of years of employment of such employee as of the applicable balance sheet date. Employees are entitled to one month’s salary for each year of employment, or a pro-rata portion thereof. The Company funds the liability by monthly deposits in insurance policies and severance pay funds. Severance pay expense totaled approximately $1.7 million, $1.4 million and zero for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Note 10.   Restructuring Charges
 
The following table summarizes restructuring expenses for the year ended October 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
         
    2008  
 
Cost of net revenues
  $ 587  
Research and development
    1,829  
Sales and marketing
    3,048  
General and administrative
    2,805  
         
    $ 8,269  
         


100


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Fiscal Year 2008 Restructuring Plans
 
In 2008, management approved and committed plans to reduce the Company’s cost structure. The restructuring plan applied to employees and facilities worldwide. In accordance with SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities and SFAS No. 112, Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits, the Company expensed $0.8 million for facilities and $6.7 million for employees for a total of $7.5 million in the year ended October 31, 2008, of which $1.4 million is in the North America segment and the balance in the International segment. As of October 31, 2008, $0.6 million has been paid in the North America segment and $5.1 million in the International segment, respectively.
 
Fiscal Year 2007 Restructuring Plan
 
For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, the Company implemented a restructuring plan that included reductions in workforce of employees in the United States, China, Hong Kong, Mexico, and the Philippines with an expected cost of $0.8 million. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, the Company accrued and paid $0.8 million mainly representing employee costs in the North America segment.
 
Acquisition-Related Restructuring Plans
 
Lipman Restructuring Plan
 
In the first quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of Lipman and formulated a restructuring plan. The Company accrued into the purchase price allocation restructuring costs related to reduction in workforce and future facilities lease obligations. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, the Company accrued and paid restructuring costs of $6.1 million and $5.3 million, respectively, for the International segment. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, the Company accrued and paid restructuring costs of $0.5 million for the North America segment. As of October 31, 2007, the Company had a remaining liability of $0.8 million, entirely for the International segment. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, the Company paid $0.2 million. As of October 31, 2008, the remaining liability of $0.6 million relates to employee costs expected to be paid in fiscal 2009.
 
PayWare Restructuring Plan
 
In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of PayWare, the payment system business of Trintech Group PLC. The Company developed a restructuring plan and accrued $2.9 million restructuring costs for the International segment related to a workforce reduction and future facilities lease obligations which were included in the purchase price allocation of PayWare. The Company paid $0.4 million in restructuring costs in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2007, the Company accrued and paid $1.2 million and $2.8 million in restructuring costs, respectively. As of October  31, 2007, the Company had a liability of $0.9 million which related mainly to facilities costs. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, the Company paid $0.6 million and expensed $0.8 million for facilities, resulting in a remaining liability of $1.0 million as of October 31, 2008.
 
Note 11.   Net Income (Loss) per Share of Common Stock
 
Basic net income (loss) per share of common stock is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, less the weighted average number of shares of common stock subject to repurchase. Diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the effect of common stock equivalents, unless the common stock equivalents are anti-dilutive. The potential dilutive shares of the Company’s common stock resulting from the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and equivalents and the assumed exercise of


101


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
the warrants relating to the convertible senior notes and the dilutive effect of the senior convertible notes are determined using the treasury stock method.
 
The following details the computation of income (loss) per share of common stock (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
                       
Numerator:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (425,322 )   $ (34,016 )   $ 59,511  
                         
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
    84,220       82,862       67,887  
Less: weighted average number of shares subject to repurchase
          (668 )     (1,670 )
                         
Weighted average shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per share
    84,220       82,194       66,217  
Add dilutive securities:
                       
Weighted average shares subject to repurchase
                1,670  
Stock options and restricted stock units
                1,007  
                         
Weighted average number of shares used in computing diluted net income (loss) per share
    84,220       82,194       68,894  
                         
Net income (loss) per share:
                       
Basic
  $ (5.05 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.90  
                         
Diluted
  $ (5.05 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.86  
                         
 
As of October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, options and restricted stock units to purchase 9.1 million, 9.1 million and 2.7 million shares of common stock, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of weighted average shares for diluted net income (loss) per share as they were anti-dilutive.
 
The senior convertible notes are considered to be Instrument C securities as defined by EITF 90-19, Convertible Bonds with Issuer Option to Settle for Cash upon Conversion; therefore, only the conversion spread relating to the senior convertible notes is included in the Company’s diluted earnings per share calculation, if dilutive. The potential dilutive shares of the Company’s common stock resulting from the assumed settlement of the conversion spread of the senior convertible notes are determined under the method set forth in EITF 90-19. Under such method, the settlement of the conversion spread of the senior convertible notes has a dilutive effect when the average share price of the Company’s common stock during the period exceeds $44.02. The average share price of the Company’s common stock during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 and 2007 did not exceed $44.02.
 
Warrants to purchase 7.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding at October 31, 2008 and 2007, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the warrants’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the Company’s common stock during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008 and 2007; therefore, their effect was anti-dilutive.


102


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Note 12.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Commitments
 
The Company leases certain facilities under non-cancellable operating leases that contain free rent periods and/or rent escalation clauses. Rent expense under these leases has been recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between amounts paid and rent expense is recorded as accrued rent and the short-term and long-term portions are included in other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheeet. Additionally, the Company subleases certain real property to third parties. Future minimum lease payments and sublease rental income under these leases as of October 31, 2008, were as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Minimum Lease
    Sublease Rental
    Net Minimum
 
    Payments     Income     Lease Payments  
 
Year ended October 31, 2009
  $ 13,051     $ 85     $ 12,966  
2010
    11,344       5       11,339  
2011
    9,327             9,327  
2012
    7,824             7,824  
2013
    6,184             6,184  
Thereafter
    7,610             7,610  
                         
    $ 55,340     $ 90     $ 55,250  
                         
 
Certain leases require the Company to pay property taxes, insurance, and routine maintenance and include rent escalation clauses and options to extend the term of certain leases. Rent expense was approximately $16.1 million, $14.9 million and $9.2 million for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
 
Manufacturing Agreements
 
The Company works on a purchase order basis with third-party contract manufacturers and component suppliers with facilities in China, Singapore, Israel, and Brazil to supply a majority of the Company’s inventories. The total amount of purchase commitments as of October 31, 2008 and 2007 was approximately $48.5 million and $47.4 million, respectively, and are generally paid within one year. Of this amount, $3.8 million and $4.4 million has been recorded in accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, because the commitment is not expected to have future value to the Company.
 
Employee Health and Dental Costs
 
The Company is primarily self-insured for employee health and dental costs, but has stop-loss insurance coverage to limit per-incident liability. The Company believes that adequate accruals are maintained to cover the retained liability. The accrual for self-insurance is determined based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported.
 
Litigation
 
Brazilian State Tax Assessment
 
One of the Company’s Brazilian subsidiaries has been notified of a tax assessment regarding Brazilian state value added tax (“VAT”), for the periods from January 2000 to December 2001 that relates to products supplied to the Company by a contract manufacturer. The assessment relates to an asserted deficiency of 4.7 million Brazilian reais (approximately $2.3 million) excluding interest. The tax assessment was based on a clerical error in which the Company’s Brazilian subsidiary omitted the required tax exemption number on its invoices. Management does not expect that the Company will ultimately incur a material liability in respect of this assessment, because they believe,


103


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
based in part on advice of the Company’s Brazilian tax counsel, that the Company is likely to prevail in the proceedings relating to this assessment. On May 25, 2005, the Company had an administrative hearing with respect to this audit. The Company’s management expects to receive the decision of the administrative body sometime in 2009. In the event the Company receives an adverse ruling from the administrative body, the Company will decide whether or not to appeal and would reexamine the determination as to whether an accrual is necessary. It is currently uncertain what impact this state tax examination may have with respect to the Company’s use of a corresponding exemption to reduce the Brazilian federal VAT.
 
Importation of Goods Assessments
 
Two of the Company’s Brazilian subsidiaries that were acquired as a part of the Lipman acquisition have been notified of assessments regarding Brazilian customs penalties that relate to alleged infractions in the importation of goods. The assessments were issued by the Federal Revenue Department in the City of Vitória, the City of São Paulo, and the City of Itajai. The assessments relate to asserted deficiencies totaling 26.9 million Brazilian reais (approximately $12.8 million) excluding interest. The tax authorities allege that the structure used for the importation of goods was simulated with the objective of evading taxes levied on the importation by under-invoicing the imported goods; the tax authorities allege that the simulation was created through a fraudulent interposition of parties, where the real sellers and buyers of the imported goods were hidden.
 
In the Vitória tax assessment, the fines were reduced from 4.7 million Brazilian reais (approximately $2.2 million) to 1.5 million Brazilian reais (approximately $0.7 million) on a first level administrative decision on January 26, 2007. The proceeding has been remitted to the Taxpayers Council to adjudicate the appeal of the first level administrative decision filed by the tax authorities. The Company also appealed the first level administrative decision on February 26, 2007. In this appeal, the Company argued that the tax authorities did not have enough evidence to determine that the import transactions were indeed fraudulent and that, even if there were some irregularities in such importations, they could not be deemed to be the Company’s responsibility since all the transactions were performed by the third-party importer of the goods. On February 27, 2008, the Taxpayers Council rendered its decision to investigate the first level administrative decision for further analysis of the matter. The Company expects to receive the decision of the Taxpayers Council sometime in 2009. In the event the Company receives an adverse ruling from the Taxpayers Council, the Company will decide whether or not to appeal to the judicial level. Based on the Company’s current understanding of the underlying facts, the Company believes that it is probable that its Brazilian subsidiary will be required to pay some amount of fines. At October 31, 2008, the Company has accrued 4.7 million Brazilian reais (approximately $2.2 million), excluding interest, which it believes is the probable payment.
 
On July 12, 2007, the Company was notified of a first administrative level decision rendered in the São Paulo tax assessment, which maintained the total fine of 20.2 million Brazilian reais (approximately $9.7 million) imposed. On August 10, 2007, the Company appealed the first administrative level decision to the Taxpayers Council. A hearing was held on August 12, 2008 before the Taxpayers Council, and on October 14, 2008, the Taxpayers Council granted the Company’s appeal and dismissed the Sao Paulo assessment. However, the Taxpayers Council has not issued its written opinion concerning the legal basis for such dismissal, and the Brazilian tax authorities have informed the Company that it will file a revised assessment in this matter. Based on the Company’s current understanding of the underlying facts, the Company believes that it is probable that its Brazilian subsidiary will be required to pay some amount of fines. Accordingly, at October 31, 2008, the Company has accrued 20.2 million Brazilian reais (approximately $9.7 million), excluding interest.
 
On May 22, 2008, the Company was notified of a first administrative level decision rendered in the Itajai assessment, which maintained the total fine of 2.0 million Brazilian reais (approximately $0.9 million) imposed, excluding interest. On May 27, 2008, the Company appealed the first level administrative level decision to the Taxpayers Council. Based on the Company’s current understanding of the underlying facts, the Company believes that it is probable that its Brazilian subsidiary will be required to pay some amount of fines. Accordingly, at


104


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
October 31, 2008, the Company has accrued 2.0 million Brazilian reais (approximately $0.9 million), excluding interest.
 
Patent Infringement and Commercial Lawsuits
 
SPA Syspatronic AG v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., et al.
 
On September 18, 2007, SPA Syspatronic AG (“SPA”) commenced this action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, against the Company and others, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 5,093,862 purportedly owned by SPA. The plaintiff is seeking a judgment of infringement, an injunction against further infringement, damages, interest and attorneys’ fees. The Company filed an answer and counterclaims on November 8, 2007, and intends to vigorously defend this litigation. On January 28, 2008, the Company requested that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “PTO”) perform a re-examination of the patent. The PTO granted the request on April 4, 2008. The Company then filed a motion to stay the proceedings with the Court and on April 25, 2008, the Court agreed to stay the proceedings pending the re-examination. On December 19, 2008, the PTO rejected all claims of the subject patent on the same basis as was identified in the Company’s request for re-examination. The case is still in the preliminary stages, and it is not possible to quantify the extent of the Company’s potential liability, if any. An unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.
 
Cardsoft, Inc. et al v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., et al.
 
On March 6, 2008, Cardsoft, Inc. and Cardsoft (Assignment for the Benefit of Creditors), LLC (“Cardsoft”) commenced this action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, against the Company and others, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents No. 6,934,945 and No. 7,302,683 purportedly owned by Cardsoft. The plaintiff is seeking a judgment of infringement, an injunction against further infringement, damages, interest and attorneys’ fees. The Company intends to vigorously defend this litigation. The case is still in the preliminary stages, and it is not possible to quantify the extent of the Company’s potential liability, if any. An unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.
 
Communication Transaction Solutions, Inc. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., et al.
 
The Company is a defendant in this action initiated in the California Superior Court in Santa Clara County on August 30, 2006, in which the plaintiff alleges among other things misappropriation of trade secrets in connection with the Company’s development of its wireless pay-at-the-table system. These allegations followed the Company’s decision in October 2005 to terminate discussions regarding a possible acquisition of the plaintiff’s business. The plaintiff is seeking damages, interest and attorneys’ fees. The parties argued summary judgment motions on September 4, 2008 and on September 11, 2008, the Court dismissed certain of the plaintiffs’ claims. With respect to the remaining claims, the case is scheduled to go to trial in January 2009. The Company has engaged in court-mandated settlement discussions with the plaintiff but no settlement has been reached. Although an unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse effect on the Company, the Company believes the plaintiff’s claims are entirely without merit and intends to vigorously defend this litigation and pursue its counterclaims.
 
Class Action and Derivative Lawsuits
 
On or after December 4, 2007, several securities class action claims were filed against the Company and certain of the Company’s officers, former officers, and a former director. These lawsuits have been consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California as In re VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Securities Litigation, C 07-6140 MHP. The original actions were: Eichenholtz v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6140 MHP; Lien v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6195 JSW; Vaughn et al. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6197 VRW (Plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed this complaint on March  7, 2008); Feldman et al. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al.,


105


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
C 07-6218 MMC; Cerini v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6228 SC; Westend Capital Management LLC v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6237 MMC; Hill v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6238 MHP; Offutt v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc. et al., C 07-6241 JSW; Feitel v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et al., C 08-0118 CW. On August 22, 2008, the Court appointed plaintiff National Elevator Fund lead plaintiff and its attorneys lead counsel. Plaintiff filed its consolidated amended class action complaint on October 31, 2008, and the Company filed its motion to dismiss on December 31, 2008. The consolidated amended complaint asserts claims under the Securities Exchange Act Sections 10(b), 20(a), and 20A and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5 for securities fraud and control person liability against the Company and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors, based on allegations that the Company and the individual defendants made false or misleading public statements regarding the Company’s business and operations during the putative class periods and seeks unspecified monetary damages and other relief. Discovery has not yet commenced and is not expected to do so until after a ruling on the Company’s motion to dismiss. At this time, the Company has not recorded any liabilities as the Company is unable to estimate any potential liability.
 
Beginning on December 13, 2007, several actions were also filed against certain current and former directors and officers derivatively on the Company’s behalf. These derivative lawsuits were filed in: (1) the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, as In re VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Shareholder Derivative Litigation, Lead Case No. C 07-6347, which consolidates King v. Bergeron, et al.  (Case No. 07-CV-6347), Hilborn v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et al.  (Case No. 08-CV-1132), Patel v. Bergeron, et al.  (Case No. 08-CV-1133), and Lemmond, et al. v. VeriFone Holdings, Inc., et al.  (Case No. 08-CV-1301); and (2) California Superior Court, Santa Clara County, as In re VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Lead Case No. 1-07-CV-100980, which consolidates Catholic Medical Mission Board v. Bergeron, et al.  (Case No. 1-07-CV-100980), and Carpel v. Bergeron, et al.  (Case No. 1-07-CV-101449). On May 15, 2008, the Court in the federal derivative action appointed Charles R. King as lead plaintiff and his attorneys as lead counsel. On October 31, 2008, plaintiffs in the federal action filed their consolidated amended derivative complaint, which names the Company as a nominal defendant and brings claims for insider selling, breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, waste of corporate assets and aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty against the Company and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. On December 15, 2008, the Company and the other defendants filed a motion to dismiss. The parties have agreed by stipulation that briefing on this motion will relate only to the issue of plaintiffs’ failure to make a pre-suit demand on the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
On October 31, 2008, the derivative plaintiffs in California Superior Court for the County of Santa Clara filed their consolidated derivative complaint, naming the Company as a nominal defendant and brings claims for insider selling, breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, waste of corporate assets and aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors and the Company’s largest shareholder, GTCR Golder Rauner. On November 10, 2008, the Company filed a motion to stay the state court action pending resolution of the parallel federal actions, and the parties have agreed by stipulation to delay briefing on the motion to stay until after the issue of demand futility is resolved in the federal derivative case.
 
On January 27, 2008, a class action complaint was filed against the Company in the Central District Court in Tel Aviv, Israel on behalf of purchasers of the Company’s stock on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. The complaint seeks compensation for damages allegedly incurred by the class of plaintiffs due to the publication of erroneous financial reports. The Company filed a motion to stay the action, in light of the proceedings already filed in the United States, on March 31, 2008. A hearing on the motion was held on May 25, 2008. Further briefing in support of the stay motion, specifically with regard to the threshold issue of applicable law, was submitted on June 24, 2008. On September 11, 2008, the Israeli District Court ruled in the Company’s favor, holding that U.S. law would apply in determining the Company’s liability. On October 7, 2008, plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to appeal the District Court’s ruling to the Israeli Supreme Court. The Company’s response to plaintiffs’ appeal motion is currently due January 18, 2009. Because the Company’s motion to stay will depend upon the Supreme Court’s ruling, the District Court has stayed its proceedings until the Supreme Court rules on plaintiffs’ motion for leave to appeal. At this time, the Company has not recorded any liabilities as the Company is unable to estimate any potential liability.


106


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
The foregoing cases are still in the preliminary stages, and the Company is not able to quantify the extent of its potential liability, if any. An unfavorable outcome in any of these matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, defending this litigation is likely to be costly and may divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operations of the Company’s business.
 
Regulatory Actions
 
The Company has responded to inquiries and provided information and documents related to the restatement of its fiscal year 2007 interim financial statements to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Department of Justice, the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange. The SEC has interviewed several current and former officers and employees. The Company is continuing to cooperate with the SEC in responding to the SEC’s requests for information and in scheduling interviews with current and former officers and employees. The Company is unable to predict what consequences, if any, any investigation by any regulatory agency may have on the Company. There is no assurance that other regulatory inquiries will not be commenced by other U.S. federal, state or foreign regulatory agencies.
 
Other Litigation
 
The Company is subject to various other legal proceedings related to commercial, customer, and employment matters that have arisen during the ordinary course of business. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate disposition of these matters, the Company’s management has determined, based upon the information available at the date of these financial statements, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Note 13.   Related-Party Transactions
 
For the years ended October 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, the Company recorded sales to affiliates of related parties of $11.2 million, $11.9 million, and $7.8 million, respectively. The majority of sales to affiliates were to Global Payments and amounted to $11.2 million, $11.2 million and $5.4 million, respectively, for the years ended October 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Global Payments is considered a related party since Alex W. “Pete” Hart is a director of both Global Payments and VeriFone. These sales are included in System Solutions net revenues in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of October 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has an outstanding accounts receivable balance of $2.4 million and $3.3 million, respectively, related to sales to affiliates.
 
Note 14.   Segment and Geographic Information
 
The Company is primarily structured in a geographic manner. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) as defined by SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. The CODM reviews consolidated financial information on revenues and gross profit percentage for System Solutions and Services. The CODM also reviews operating expenses, certain of which are allocated to the Company’s two segments described below.
 
Segment Information
 
The Company operates in two business segments: North America and International. The Company defines North America as the United States and Canada, and International as the other countries from which it derives revenues. Total assets and long-lived assets by segment are based on the physical location of the assets.
 
Net revenues and operating income (loss) of each business segment reflect net revenues generated within the segment, standard cost of System Solutions net revenues, actual cost of Services net revenues, and expenses that


107


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
directly benefit only that segment. Corporate net revenues and operating income (loss) reflect non-cash acquisition charges, including amortization of purchased core and developed technology assets, step-up of inventory and step-down in deferred revenue, impairment and other Corporate charges, including inventory obsolescence and scrap at corporate distribution centers, rework, specific warranty provisions, non-standard freight, over-and-under absorption of materials management, and supply chain engineering overhead.
 
In 2008, the Company revised the methodology for business segment gross margin reporting. Distribution center costs and certain warranty and royalty costs, which were previously allocated to the Corporate segment were reallocated based on ship-to locations. The following table sets forth net revenues and operating income (loss), as revised, for the Company’s segments (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Net revenues:
                       
North America
  $ 359,136     $ 400,433     $ 333,673  
International
    564,459       506,195       248,383  
Corporate
    (1,664 )     (3,736 )     (986 )
                         
Total net revenues
  $ 921,931     $ 902,892     $ 581,070  
                         
Operating income (loss):
                       
North America
  $ 118,516     $ 147,254     $ 126,980  
International
    107,283       121,545       63,344  
Corporate
    (541,624 )     (240,319 )     (82,015 )
                         
Total operating income (loss)
  $ (315,825 )   $ 28,480     $ 108,309  
                         
 
The Company’s goodwill by segment was as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
International
  $ 252,869     $ 542,186  
North America
    69,034       69,791  
                 
    $ 321,903     $ 611,977  
                 
 
The Company’s total assets by segment were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
International
  $ 735,991     $ 1,122,411  
North America
    343,761       424,898  
                 
    $ 1,079,752     $ 1,547,309  
                 
 
The Company’s depreciation and amortization expense of property, plant and equipment by segment was as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
International
  $ 6,352     $ 4,738     $ 900  
North America
    7,024       3,028       2,605  
                         
    $ 13,376     $ 7,766     $ 3,505  
                         


108


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Geographic Information
 
The Company’s revenues by geographic area were as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Years Ended October 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
United States
  $ 321,247     $ 355,222     $ 315,851  
Europe
    292,038       281,628       108,889  
Latin America
    198,443       160,867       104,225  
Asia
    73,978       63,700       35,269  
Canada
    36,225       41,475       16,836  
                         
    $ 921,931     $ 902,892     $ 581,070  
                         
 
Revenues are allocated to the geographic areas based on the shipping destination of customer orders. Corporate revenues are included in the United States geographic area.
 
The Company’s long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, exclusive of intercompany accounts, were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    October 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
North America
  $ 29,182     $ 26,549  
Europe
    22,808       20,694  
Asia
    3,093       2,160  
Latin America
    2,184       1,417  
                 
    $ 57,267     $ 50,820  
                 
 
Note 15.   Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) (Revised)
 
The following tables set forth selected financial statement data for each quarter for the last two years (in thousands, except per share data):
 
Quarterly Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
 
                                 
    Three Months
    Three Months
    Three Months
    Three Months
 
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
 
    January 31     April 30     July 31     October 31  
 
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2008
                               
Net revenues
  $ 185,521     $ 233,001     $ 258,698     $ 244,711  
Gross profit
    57,364       73,352       88,423       73,892  
Operating income (loss)
    (21,697 )     (4,605 )     5,279       (294,802 )
Net loss
  $ (33,498 )   $ (17,987 )   $ (7,199 )   $ (366,638 )
                                 
Net loss per share:
                               
Basic and diluted
  $ (0.40 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (4.35 )
                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                               
Basic and diluted
    84,153       84,194       84,194       84,337  
                                 
 


109


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    Three Months
    Three Months
    Three Months
    Three Months
 
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
 
    January 31     April 30     July 31     October 31  
 
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2007
                               
Net revenues
  $ 216,363     $ 216,883     $ 231,701     $ 237,945  
Gross profit
    68,623       77,646       85,596       67,367  
Operating income (loss)
    (602 )     7,469       21,765       (152 )
Net income (loss)
  $ (5,679 )   $ (4,818 )   $ (42,386 )   $ 18,867  
                                 
Net income (loss) per share:
                               
Basic
  $ (0.07 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.51 )   $ 0.23  
                                 
Diluted
  $ (0.07 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.51 )   $ 0.22  
                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    80,993       81,705       82,407       83,629  
                                 
Diluted
    80,993       81,705       82,407       85,216  
                                 
 
Quarterly Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:
 
                                 
    January 31     April 30     July 31        
 
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2008
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 209,310     $ 215,039     $ 182,014                     
Total assets
    1,546,609       1,545,980       1,555,603          
Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion
    552,413       551,004       549,747          
Total equity
  $ 549,885     $ 536,634     $ 537,226          
 
                                 
    January 31     April 30     July 31        
 
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2007
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 161,889     $ 175,760     $ 212,946                     
Total assets
    1,341,669       1,373,846       1,474,780          
Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion
    500,123       499,452       554,373          
Total equity
  $ 558,643     $ 573,068     $ 530,594          

110


Table of Contents

 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:
 
                                         
    Three Months
                         
    Ended
    Six Months Ended
    Nine Months Ended
 
    January 31
    April 30     July 31  
    As Reported     As Reported     As Revised(1)     As Reported     As Revised(1)  
 
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2008
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in):
                                       
Operating activities
  $ 2,021     $ 17,631     $ 13,671     $ 7,648     $ (2,520 )
Investing activities
    (8,903 )     (14,552 )     (14,552 )     (32,904 )     (32,904 )
Financing activities
    1,079       (1,061 )     (1,061 )     (2,647 )     (2,647 )
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    112       (1,980 )     1,980       (5,084 )     5,084  
                                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (5,691 )     38       38       (32,987 )     (32,987 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    215,001       215,001       215,001       215,001       215,001  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 209,310     $ 215,039     $ 215,039     $ 182,014     $ 182,014  
                                         
 
 
(1) The Company has corrected a clerical error in the determination of the effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents for the six months ended April 30, 2008 and the nine months ended July 31, 2008. The Company has not amended its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods affected by the revisions. The information previously filed for these periods is superseded by the information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
                         
    Three Months
    Six Months
    Nine Months
 
    Ended
    Ended
    Ended
 
    January 31     April 30     July 31  
 
Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2007
                       
Net cash provided by (used in):
                       
Operating activities
  $ 22,338     $ 40,126     $ 84,813  
Investing activities
    (267,573 )     (279,800 )     (293,143 )
Financing activities
    320,287       327,158       334,104  
Effect of foreign exchange rate change on cash and cash equivalents
    273       1,712       608  
                         
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    75,325       89,196       126,382  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    86,564       86,564       86,564  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 161,889     $ 175,760     $ 212,946  
                         


111


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
 
There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure during the last three fiscal years.
 
ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
VeriFone maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining our disclosure controls and procedures. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer participated with our management in evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of October 31, 2008.
 
Based on our management’s evaluation (with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer), our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of October 31, 2008, in light of the material weaknesses described below, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Notwithstanding the material weaknesses described below, we have performed additional analyses and other procedures to enable management to conclude that our consolidated financial statements included in this report were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Based in part on these additional efforts, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have included their certifications as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f), to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with US GAAP. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the design and operational effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2008 based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).
 
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors or all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events,


112


Table of Contents

and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
 
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Management’s assessment identified the following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2008.
 
  •  An entity-level material weakness in control activities related to the design and operation of our supervision, monitoring, and monthly financial statement review processes. This material weakness contributed to adjustments in several accounts during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008. The accounts most affected included capitalized software development costs, inventories, accounts payable and cost of net revenues; however, this material weakness could impact all financial statement accounts.
 
  •  A transaction-level material weakness in the design and operating effectiveness of controls related to income taxes. Specifically, our processes and procedures were not designed to provide for adequate and timely identification, documentation and review of various income tax calculations, reconciliations and related supporting documentation required to apply our accounting policy for income taxes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This material weakness impacted our ability to timely report financial information related to income tax accounts and resulted in adjustments to income tax expense, income taxes payable, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and goodwill accounts during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008.
 
  •  An entity-level material weakness in the control environment related to our period-end financial reporting process due to an insufficient number of qualified personnel with the required proficiency to apply our accounting policies in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This material weakness contributed to adjustments in several accounts during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2008. The accounts most affected included capitalized software development costs, inventories, accounts payable and cost of net revenues; however, this material weakness could impact all financial statement accounts, with a higher likelihood for accounts subject to non-routine or estimation processes, such as inventory reserves and income taxes.
 
As a result of the identified material weaknesses, our management concluded that, as of October 31, 2008, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2008 was audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm as stated in their report, which report is included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Management’s Remediation Initiatives
 
Following the independent investigation (see “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Restatement”) by the Audit Committee and in response to the material weaknesses discussed above, we plan to continue the efforts already underway to review and make necessary changes to improve our internal control over financial reporting, including:
 
  •  We have added and expect to continue to add qualified accounting and finance personnel having sufficient knowledge and experience in general accepted accounting principles, cost accounting, tax, and management of financial systems. During 2008 key accounting functions were filled by qualified and experienced staff inclusive of Corporate Accounting, Supply Chain Finance, and the creation of an Internal Audit function. For fiscal year 2009, management will continue to add qualified personnel in the United Kingdom and Supply Chain Finance to strengthen the remaining weaknesses in controls;
 
  •  We intend to enhance our review process over the monthly financial results by requiring additional documentation and analysis to be provided that will then be reviewed by appropriate key senior personnel from both finance and non-finance areas;
 
  •  We expect to enhance the segregation of duties between the financial planning and the accounting and control functions; and


113


Table of Contents

 
  •  We intend to enhance our governance and compliance functions to improve control consciousness and prevention of errors in financial reporting, as well as to improve tone, communication, education, and training for employees involved in the financial reporting process.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
During the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended October 31, 2008, we implemented the following changes to internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934):
 
  •  We hired a Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Compliance Officer to assist in the further promotion of governance communication, education and training for all employees involved in the financial reporting process; and
 
  •  We refined our manual journal entry policy which was published in January 2008. This policy requires a stringent review and approval process and was automated in July 2008. This automated process promotes the segregation of duty between the preparer and approver. The approval process requires tiered approval levels in which escalating dollar amounts require additional authorization by increasingly more senior personnel. Additionally, instructions have also been incorporated into the policy that require specific related documents be included to support a detailed compliance review.
 
There have been no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting for the quarter ended October 31, 2008.
 
ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION
 
We have no information to report pursuant to Item 9B.
 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
In addition to the information set forth under the caption “Executive Officers” in Part I of this Form 10-K, the information required by this Item is expected to be in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we expect to filed within 120 days of the end of our fiscal year ended October 31, 2008 and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which can be found in the Investor Relations section of our website, http://ir.verifone.com/, and is available in print to any stockholder who requests it. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applies to all of VeriFone’s employees, officers and directors. We will post any amendments to or waivers from a provision of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions and that relates to any element of the “code of ethics” definition set forth in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K of the SEC at http://ir.verifone.com/.
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Information relating to our executive officer and director compensation is incorporated herein by reference in the Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
Information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners of our common stock and information relating to the security ownership of the registrant’s management is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.


114


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
Information relating to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
Information regarding principal accountant fees and services is incorporated herein by reference in the Proxy Statement.
 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
 
1. Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The consolidated financial statements required to be filed in the Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in Item 8 hereof. Other supplemental financial information required by Item 302 of Regulation S-K is contained in Item 7 hereof under “Selected Quarterly Results of Operations”.
 
2. Exhibits
 
The documents set forth below are filed herewith or incorporated by reference to the location indicated.
 
     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
3.1(4)
  Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.2(21)
  Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.2(5)
  Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
3.3(14)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Bylaws of VeriFone Holdings, Inc.
4.1(3)
  Specimen Common Stock Certificate
4.2(2)
  Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P. and TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P., VF Holding Corp. and the executives who are parties thereto
4.2.1(4)
  Form of Amendment to Stockholders Agreement
4.3(1)
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., GTCR Capital Partners, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P., and TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P., VF Holding Corp., Jesse Adams, William Atkinson, Douglas G. Bergeron, Nigel Bidmead, Denis Calvert, Donald Campion, Robert Cook, Gary Grant, Robert Lopez, James Sheehan, David Turnbull and Elmore Waller
4.4(1)
  Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2004, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., Douglas Bergeron, DGB Investments, Inc., The Douglas G. Bergeron Family Annuity Trust, The Sandra E. Bergeron Family Annuity Trust and The Bergeron Family Trust
4.5(11)
  Indenture related to the 1.375% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012, dated as of June 22, 2007, between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee
4.6(11)
  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2007, between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
10.1(2)
  Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., GTCR Fund VII, L.P., GTCR Co-Invest, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III, L.P., TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Trust III, TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners III Netherlands, L.P. and TCW Leveraged Income Trust IV, L.P.
10.1.1(4)
  Form of Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement


115


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
10.2(1)+
  Senior Management Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Douglas G. Bergeron
10.2.1(2)+
  Amendment to Senior Management Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2004, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Douglas G. Bergeron
10.3(1)+
  Amendment to Senior Management Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2004, by and among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Douglas Bergeron
10.4(1)+
  2002 Securities Purchase Plan
10.5(1)+
  New Founders’ Stock Option Plan
10.6(1)+
  Change in Control Severance Agreement, effective July 1, 2004, between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Barry Zwarenstein
10.7(3)+
  Outside Directors’ Stock Option Plan
10.8(1)
  Patent License Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2004, by and between NCR Corporation and VeriFone, Inc.
10.9(6)+
  2005 Employee Equity Incentive Plan
10.10(5)+
  Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.11(20)+
  Amended and Restated VeriFone Holdings, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
10.12(7)+
  VeriFone Holdings, Inc. Bonus Plan
10.13(8)
  Credit Agreement, dated October 31, 2006, among VeriFone Intermediate Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., various financial institutions and other persons from time to time parties thereto, as lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent for the lenders, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as the syndication agent for the lenders, Bank Leumi USA and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as the co-documentation agents for the lenders, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book running managers
10.14(9)+
  Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. 2003 Stock Option Plan
10.15(9)+
  Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. 2004 Stock Option Plan
10.16(9)+
  Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. 2004 Share Option Plan
10.17(9)+
  Amendment to Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. 2004 Share Option Plan
10.18(9)+
  Lipman Electronic Engineering Ltd. 2006 Share Incentive Plan
10.19(10)+
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 4, 2007, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc., and Douglas G. Bergeron
10.20(11)
  Confirmation of Convertible Note Hedge Transaction, dated June 18, 2007, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc.
10.21(11)
  Confirmation of Convertible Note Hedge Transaction, dated June 18, 2007, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch
10.22(11)
  Confirmation of Warrant Transaction, dated June 18, 2007, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc.
10.23(11)
  Confirmation of Warrant Transaction, dated June 18, 2007, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch
10.24(11)
  Amendment to Confirmation of Warrant Transaction, dated June 21, 2007, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc.
10.25(11)
  Amendment to Confirmation of Warrant Transaction, dated June 21, 2007, by and between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch
10.26(12)+
  Confidential Separation Agreement, dated August 2, 2007, between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and William G. Atkinson
10.27(13)
  First Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2008.
10.28(15)+
  Separation Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2008, among VeriFone Holdings, Inc., VeriFone, Inc. and Barry Zwarenstein.
10.29(16)
  Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2008.
10.30(17)
  Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2008.
10.31(18)+
  Executive Services Agreement, dated May 15, 2008, between VeriFone and Tatum LLC.
10.32(19)+
  Offer Letter between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Robert Dykes.
10.33(19)+
  Severance Agreement, dated September 2, 2008, between VeriFone Holdings, Inc. and Robert Dykes.


116


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
21.1*
  List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1*
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1*
  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, as required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*
  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, as required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1*
  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
Filed herewith.
 
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
(1) Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121947), filed February 23, 2005.
 
(2) Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121947), filed March 28, 2005.
 
(3) Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121947), filed April 18, 2005.
 
(4) Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121947), filed April 21, 2005.
 
(5) Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121947), filed April 29, 2005.
 
(6) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-124545), filed May 2, 2005.
 
(7) Incorporated by reference in the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 23, 2006.
 
(8) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 1, 2006.
 
(9) Incorporated by reference in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-138533), filed November 9, 2006.
 
(10) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 5, 2007.
 
(11) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 22, 2007.
 
(12) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 3, 2007.
 
(13) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 28, 2008.
 
(14) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 31, 2008.
 
(15) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 1, 2008.
 
(16) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 29, 2008.
 
(17) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2008.
 
(18) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 19, 2008.
 
(19) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 3, 2008.
 
(20) Filed as an annex to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed September 10, 2008.
 
(21) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 9, 2008.


117


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report on Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
VERIFONE HOLDINGS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  DOUGLAS G. BERGERON
Douglas G. Bergeron,
Chief Executive Officer
 
January 14, 2009
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report on Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  DOUGLAS G. BERGERON

Douglas G. Bergeron
  Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
  January 14, 2009
         
/s/  ROBERT DYKES

Robert Dykes
  Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
  January 14, 2009
         
/s/  ROBERT W. ALSPAUGH

Robert W. Alspaugh
  Director   January 14, 2009
         
/s/  LESLIE G. DENEND

Leslie G. Denend
  Director   January 14, 2009
         
/s/  ALEX W. HART

Alex W. Hart
  Director   January 14, 2009
         
/s/  ROBERT B. HENSKE

Robert B. Henske
  Director   January 14, 2009
         
/s/  RICHARD MCGINN

Richard McGinn
  Director   January 14, 2009
         
/s/  EITAN RAFF

Eitan Raff
  Director   January 14, 2009
         
/s/  COLLIN E. ROCHE

Collin E. Roche
  Director   January 14, 2009
         
/s/  JEFFREY E. STIEFLER

Jeffrey E. Stiefler
  Director   January 14, 2009
         
/s/  CHARLES R. RINEHART

Charles R. Rinehart
  Chairman of the Board of Directors   January 14, 2009


118